1\documentclass[11pt]{book}
2\input{html.sty}
3\htmladdtonavigation
4   {\begin{rawhtml}
5 <A HREF="http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/software/fitsio/fitsio.html">FITSIO Home</A>
6    \end{rawhtml}}
7%\oddsidemargin=0.25in
8\oddsidemargin=0.00in
9\evensidemargin=0.00in
10\textwidth=6.5in
11%\topmargin=0.0in
12\textheight=8.75in
13\parindent=0cm
14\parskip=0.2cm
15\begin{document}
16\pagenumbering{roman}
17
18\begin{titlepage}
19\normalsize
20\vspace*{4.6cm}
21\begin{center}
22{\Huge \bf FITSIO User's Guide}\\
23\end{center}
24\medskip
25\medskip
26\begin{center}
27{\LARGE \bf A Subroutine Interface to FITS Format Files}\\
28\end{center}
29\begin{center}
30{\LARGE \bf for Fortran Programmers}\\
31\end{center}
32\medskip
33\medskip
34\begin{center}
35{\Large Version 3.0\\}
36\end{center}
37\bigskip
38\vskip 2.5cm
39\begin{center}
40{HEASARC\\
41Code 662\\
42Goddard Space Flight Center\\
43Greenbelt, MD 20771\\
44USA}
45\end{center}
46
47\vfill
48\bigskip
49\begin{center}
50{\Large April 2016\\}
51\end{center}
52\vfill
53\end{titlepage}
54
55\clearpage
56
57\tableofcontents
58
59\chapter{Introduction }
60\pagenumbering{arabic}
61
62This document describes the Fortran-callable subroutine interface that
63is provided as part of the CFITSIO library (which is written in ANSI
64C).  This is a companion document to the CFITSIO User's Guide which
65should be consulted for further information about the underlying
66CFITSIO library.  In the remainder of this document, the terms FITSIO
67and CFITSIO are interchangeable and refer to the same library.
68
69FITSIO/CFITSIO is a machine-independent library of routines for reading
70and writing data files in the FITS (Flexible Image Transport System)
71data format.  It can also read IRAF format image files and raw binary
72data arrays by converting them on the fly into a virtual FITS format
73file.  This library was written to provide a powerful yet simple
74interface for accessing FITS files which will run on most commonly used
75computers and workstations. FITSIO supports all the features described
76in the official definition of the FITS format and can read and
77write all the currently defined types of extensions, including ASCII
78tables (TABLE), Binary tables (BINTABLE) and IMAGE extensions. The
79FITSIO subroutines insulate the programmer from having to deal with the
80complicated formatting details in the FITS file, however, it is assumed
81that users have a general knowledge about the structure and usage of
82FITS files.
83
84The CFITSIO package was initially developed by the HEASARC (High Energy
85Astrophysics Science Archive Research Center) at the NASA Goddard Space
86Flight Center to convert various existing and newly acquired
87astronomical data sets into FITS format and to further analyze data
88already in FITS format.  New features continue to be added to CFITSIO
89in large part due to contributions of ideas or actual code from users
90of the package.  The Integral Science Data Center in Switzerland, and
91the XMM/ESTEC project in The Netherlands made especially significant
92contributions that resulted in many of the new features that appeared
93in v2.0 of CFITSIO.
94
95The latest version of the CFITSIO source code, documentation, and
96example programs are available on the World-Wide Web or via anonymous
97ftp from:
98
99\begin{verbatim}
100        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/fitsio
101        ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c
102\end{verbatim}
103\newpage
104Any questions, bug reports, or suggested enhancements related to the CFITSIO
105package should be sent to the FTOOLS Help Desk at the HEASARC:
106
107\begin{verbatim}
108        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ftoolshelp
109\end{verbatim}
110
111This User's Guide assumes that readers already have a general
112understanding of the definition and structure of FITS format files.
113Further information about FITS formats is available from the FITS Support
114Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}.  In particular, the
115'FITS Standard' gives the authoritative definition of the FITS data
116format.  Other documents available at that Web site
117provide additional historical background
118and practical advice on using FITS files.
119
120The HEASARC also provides a very sophisticated FITS file analysis
121program called `Fv' which can be used to display and edit the contents
122of any FITS file as well as construct new FITS files from scratch.
123Fv is freely available for
124most Unix platforms, Mac PCs, and Windows PCs.
125CFITSIO users may also be interested in the FTOOLS package of programs
126that can be used to manipulate and analyze FITS format files.
127Fv and FTOOLS are available from their respective Web sites at:
128
129\begin{verbatim}
130        http://fv.gsfc.nasa.gov
131        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftools
132\end{verbatim}
133
134
135\chapter{ Creating FITSIO/CFITSIO }
136
137
138\section{Building the Library}
139
140To use the FITSIO subroutines one must first build the CFITSIO library,
141which requires a C compiler. gcc is ideal, or most other ANSI-C
142compilers will also work.  The CFITSIO code is contained in about 40 C
143source files (*.c) and header files (*.h). On VAX/VMS systems 2
144assembly-code files (vmsieeed.mar and vmsieeer.mar) are also needed.
145
146The Fortran interface subroutines to the C CFITSIO routines are located
147in the f77\_wrap1.c, through f77\_wrap4.c files.  These are relatively simple
148'wrappers' that translate the arguments in the Fortran subroutine into
149the appropriate format for the corresponding C routine.  This
150translation is performed transparently to the user by a set of C macros
151located in the cfortran.h file.  Unfortunately cfortran.h does not
152support every combination of C and Fortran compilers so the Fortran
153interface is not supported on all platforms. (see further notes below).
154
155A standard combination of C and Fortran compilers will be assumed by
156default, but one may also specify a particular Fortran compiler by
157doing:
158
159\begin{verbatim}
160 >  setenv CFLAGS -DcompilerName=1
161\end{verbatim}
162(where 'compilerName' is the name of the compiler) before running
163the configure command.  The currently recognized compiler
164names are:
165
166\begin{verbatim}
167 g77Fortran
168 IBMR2Fortran
169 CLIPPERFortran
170 pgiFortran
171 NAGf90Fortran
172 f2cFortran
173 hpuxFortran
174 apolloFortran
175 sunFortran
176 CRAYFortran
177 mipsFortran
178 DECFortran
179 vmsFortran
180 CONVEXFortran
181 PowerStationFortran
182 AbsoftUNIXFortran
183 AbsoftProFortran
184 SXFortran
185\end{verbatim}
186Alternatively, one may edit the CFLAGS line in the Makefile to add the
187'-DcompilerName' flag after running the './configure' command.
188
189The CFITSIO library is built on Unix systems by typing:
190
191\begin{verbatim}
192 >  ./configure [--prefix=/target/installation/path]
193                [--enable-sse2] [--enable-ssse3]
194 >  make          (or  'make shared')
195 >  make install  (this step is optional)
196\end{verbatim}
197at the operating system prompt.  The configure command customizes the
198Makefile for the particular system, then the `make' command compiles the
199source files and builds the library.  Type `./configure' and not simply
200`configure' to ensure that the configure script in the current directory
201is run and not some other system-wide configure script.  The optional
202'prefix' argument to configure gives the path to the directory where
203the CFITSIO library and include files should be installed via the later
204'make install' command. For example,
205
206\begin{verbatim}
207   > ./configure --prefix=/usr1/local
208\end{verbatim}
209will cause the 'make install' command to copy the CFITSIO libcfitsio file
210to /usr1/local/lib and the necessary include files to /usr1/local/include
211(assuming of course that the  process has permission to write to these
212directories).
213
214The optional --enable-sse2 and --enable-ssse3 flags will cause configure to
215attempt to build CFITSIO using faster byte-swapping algorithms.
216See the "Optimizing Programs" section of this manual for
217more information about these options.
218
219By default, the Makefile will be configured to build the set of Fortran-callable
220wrapper routines whose calling sequences are described later in this
221document.
222
223The 'make shared' option builds a shared or dynamic version of the
224CFITSIO library.  When using the shared library the executable code is
225not copied into your program at link time and instead the program
226locates the necessary library code at run time, normally through
227LD\_LIBRARY\_PATH or some other method. The advantages of using a shared
228library are:
229
230\begin{verbatim}
231   1.  Less disk space if you build more than 1 program
232   2.  Less memory if more than one copy of a program using the shared
233       library is running at the same time since the system is smart
234       enough to share copies of the shared library at run time.
235   3.  Possibly easier maintenance since a new version of the shared
236       library can be installed without relinking all the software
237       that uses it (as long as the subroutine names and calling
238       sequences remain unchanged).
239   4.  No run-time penalty.
240\end{verbatim}
241The disadvantages are:
242
243\begin{verbatim}
244   1. More hassle at runtime.  You have to either build the programs
245      specially or have LD_LIBRARY_PATH set right.
246   2. There may be a slight start up penalty, depending on where you are
247      reading the shared library and the program from and if your CPU is
248      either really slow or really heavily loaded.
249\end{verbatim}
250
251On HP/UX systems, the environment variable CFLAGS should be set
252to -Ae before running configure to enable "extended ANSI" features.
253
254It may not be possible to statically link programs that use CFITSIO on
255some platforms (namely, on Solaris 2.6) due to the network drivers
256(which provide FTP and HTTP access to FITS files).  It is possible to
257make both a dynamic and a static version of the CFITSIO library, but
258network file access will not be possible using the static version.
259
260On VAX/VMS and ALPHA/VMS systems the make\_gfloat.com command file may
261be executed to build the cfitsio.olb object library using the default
262G-floating point option for double variables.  The make\_dfloat.com and
263make\_ieee.com files may be used instead to build the library with the
264other floating point options. Note that the getcwd function that is
265used in the group.c module may require that programs using CFITSIO be
266linked with the ALPHA\$LIBRARY:VAXCRTL.OLB library.  See the example
267link line in the next section of this document.
268
269On Windows IBM-PC type platforms the situation is more complicated
270because of the wide variety of Fortran compilers that are available and
271because of the inherent complexities of calling the CFITSIO C routines
272from Fortran.  Two different versions of the CFITSIO dll library are
273available, compiled with the Borland C++ compiler and the Microsoft
274Visual C++ compiler, respectively, in the files
275cfitsiodll\_2xxx\_borland.zip and cfitsiodll\_3xxx\_vcc.zip, where
276'3xxx' represents the current release number.  Both these dll libraries
277contain a set of Fortran wrapper routines which may be compatible with
278some, but probably not all, available Fortran compilers.  To test if
279they are compatible, compile the program testf77.f and try linking to
280these dll libraries.  If these libraries do not work with a particular
281Fortran compiler, then it may be necessary to modify the file
282"cfortran.h" to support that particular
283combination of C and Fortran compilers, and then rebuild the CFITSIO
284dll library.  This will require, however, some expertise in
285mixed language programming.
286
287CFITSIO should be compatible with most current ANCI C and C++ compilers:
288Cray supercomputers are currently not supported.
289
290
291\section{Testing the Library}
292
293The CFITSIO library should be tested by building and running
294the testprog.c program that is included with the release.
295On Unix systems type:
296
297\begin{verbatim}
298    % make testprog
299    % testprog > testprog.lis
300    % diff testprog.lis testprog.out
301    % cmp testprog.fit testprog.std
302\end{verbatim}
303 On VMS systems,
304(assuming cc is the name of the C compiler command), type:
305
306\begin{verbatim}
307    $ cc testprog.c
308    $ link testprog, cfitsio/lib, alpha$library:vaxcrtl/lib
309    $ run testprog
310\end{verbatim}
311The testprog program should produce a FITS file called `testprog.fit'
312that is identical to the `testprog.std' FITS file included with this
313release.  The diagnostic messages (which were piped to the file
314testprog.lis in the Unix example) should be identical to the listing
315contained in the file testprog.out.  The 'diff' and 'cmp' commands
316shown above should not report any differences in the files.  (There
317may be some minor formatting differences, such as the presence or
318absence of leading zeros, or 3 digit exponents in numbers,
319which can be ignored).
320
321The Fortran wrappers in CFITSIO may be tested with the testf77
322program.  On Unix systems the fortran compilation and link command
323may be called 'f77' or 'g77', depending on the system.
324
325\begin{verbatim}
326   % f77 -o testf77 testf77.f -L. -lcfitsio -lnsl -lsocket
327 or
328   % f77 -f -o testf77 testf77.f -L. -lcfitsio    (under SUN O/S)
329 or
330   % f77 -o testf77 testf77.f -Wl,-L. -lcfitsio -lm -lnsl -lsocket (HP/UX)
331 or
332   % g77 -o testf77 -s testf77.f -lcfitsio -lcc_dynamic -lncurses (Mac OS-X)
333
334   % testf77 > testf77.lis
335   % diff testf77.lis testf77.out
336   % cmp testf77.fit testf77.std
337\end{verbatim}
338On machines running SUN O/S, Fortran programs must be compiled with the
339'-f' option to force double precision variables to be aligned on 8-byte
340boundaries to make the fortran-declared variables compatible with C.  A
341similar compiler option may be required on other platforms.  Failing to
342use this option may cause the program to crash on FITSIO routines that
343read or write double precision variables.
344
345On Windows platforms, linking Fortran programs with a C library
346often depends on the particular compilers involved.  Some users have
347found the following commands work when using the Intel Fortran compiler:
348
349\begin{verbatim}
350ifort /libs.dll cfitsio.lib /MD testf77.f /Gm
351
352or possibly,
353
354ifort /libs:dll cfitsio.lib /MD /fpp /extfpp:cfortran.h,fitsio.h
355    /iface:cvf testf77.f
356\end{verbatim}
357Also note that on some systems the output listing of the testf77
358program may differ slightly from the testf77.std template if leading
359zeros are not printed by default before the decimal point when using F
360format.
361
362A few other utility  programs are included with CFITSIO:
363
364\begin{verbatim}
365    speed - measures the maximum throughput (in MB per second)
366              for writing and reading FITS files with CFITSIO
367
368    listhead - lists all the header keywords in any FITS file
369
370    fitscopy - copies any FITS file (especially useful in conjunction
371                 with the CFITSIO's extended input filename syntax)
372
373    cookbook - a sample program that performs common read and
374                 write operations on a FITS file.
375
376    iter_a, iter_b, iter_c - examples of the CFITSIO iterator routine
377\end{verbatim}
378
379The first 4 of these utility programs can be compiled and linked by typing
380
381\begin{verbatim}
382   %  make program_name
383\end{verbatim}
384
385
386\section{Linking Programs with FITSIO}
387
388When linking applications software with the FITSIO library, several system libraries usually need to be specified on the link comman
389Unix systems, the most reliable way to determine what libraries are required
390is to type 'make testprog' and see what libraries the configure script has
391added.  The typical libraries that may need to be added are -lm (the math
392library) and -lnsl and -lsocket (needed only for FTP and HTTP file access).
393These latter 2 libraries are not needed on VMS and Windows platforms,
394because FTP file access is not currently supported on those platforms.
395
396Note that when upgrading to a newer version of CFITSIO it is usually
397necessary to recompile, as well as relink, the programs that use CFITSIO,
398because the definitions in fitsio.h often change.
399
400
401\section{Getting Started with FITSIO}
402
403In order to effectively use the FITSIO library as quickly as possible,
404it is recommended that new users follow these steps:
405
4061.  Read the following `FITS Primer' chapter for a brief
407overview of the structure of FITS files.  This is especially important
408for users who have not previously dealt with the FITS table and image
409extensions.
410
4112.  Write a simple program to read or write a FITS file using the Basic
412Interface routines.
413
4143.  Refer to the cookbook.f program that is included with this release
415for examples of routines that perform various common FITS file
416operations.
417
4184. Read Chapters 4 and 5 to become familiar with the conventions and
419advanced features of the FITSIO interface.
420
4215.  Scan through the more extensive set of routines that are provided
422in the `Advanced Interface'.  These routines perform more specialized
423functions than are provided by the Basic Interface routines.
424
425
426\section{Example Program}
427
428The following listing shows an example of how to use the FITSIO
429routines in a Fortran program.  Refer to the cookbook.f program that
430is included with the FITSIO distribution for examples of other
431FITS programs.
432
433\begin{verbatim}
434      program writeimage
435
436C     Create a FITS primary array containing a 2-D image
437
438      integer status,unit,blocksize,bitpix,naxis,naxes(2)
439      integer i,j,group,fpixel,nelements,array(300,200)
440      character filename*80
441      logical simple,extend
442
443      status=0
444C     Name of the FITS file to be created:
445      filename='ATESTFILE.FITS'
446
447C     Get an unused Logical Unit Number to use to create the FITS file
448      call ftgiou(unit,status)
449
450C     create the new empty FITS file
451      blocksize=1
452      call ftinit(unit,filename,blocksize,status)
453
454C     initialize parameters about the FITS image (300 x 200 16-bit integers)
455      simple=.true.
456      bitpix=16
457      naxis=2
458      naxes(1)=300
459      naxes(2)=200
460      extend=.true.
461
462C     write the required header keywords
463      call ftphpr(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,0,1,extend,status)
464
465C     initialize the values in the image with a linear ramp function
466      do j=1,naxes(2)
467          do i=1,naxes(1)
468              array(i,j)=i+j
469          end do
470      end do
471
472C     write the array to the FITS file
473      group=1
474      fpixel=1
475      nelements=naxes(1)*naxes(2)
476      call ftpprj(unit,group,fpixel,nelements,array,status)
477
478C     write another optional keyword to the header
479      call ftpkyj(unit,'EXPOSURE',1500,'Total Exposure Time',status)
480
481C     close the file and free the unit number
482      call ftclos(unit, status)
483      call ftfiou(unit, status)
484      end
485\end{verbatim}
486
487
488\section{Legal Stuff}
489
490Copyright (Unpublished--all rights reserved under the copyright laws of
491the United States), U.S. Government as represented by the Administrator
492of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.  No copyright is
493claimed in the United States under Title 17, U.S. Code.
494
495Permission to freely use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
496and its documentation without fee is hereby granted, provided that this
497copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty appears in all copies.
498
499DISCLAIMER:
500
501THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
502EITHER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
503ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL CONFORM TO SPECIFICATIONS, ANY
504IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
505PURPOSE, AND FREEDOM FROM INFRINGEMENT, AND ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
506DOCUMENTATION WILL CONFORM TO THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
507SOFTWARE WILL BE ERROR FREE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL NASA BE LIABLE FOR ANY
508DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
509CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM, OR IN ANY WAY
510CONNECTED WITH THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER OR NOT BASED UPON WARRANTY,
511CONTRACT, TORT , OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER OR NOT INJURY WAS SUSTAINED BY
512PERSONS OR PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, AND WHETHER OR NOT LOSS WAS SUSTAINED
513FROM, OR AROSE OUT OF THE RESULTS OF, OR USE OF, THE SOFTWARE OR
514SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER."
515
516
517\section{Acknowledgments}
518
519The development of many of the powerful features in CFITSIO was made
520possible through collaborations with many people or organizations from
521around the world.  The following, in particular, have made especially
522significant contributions:
523
524Programmers from the Integral Science Data Center, Switzerland (namely,
525Jurek Borkowski, Bruce O'Neel, and Don Jennings), designed the concept
526for the plug-in I/O drivers that was introduced with CFITSIO 2.0.  The
527use of `drivers' greatly simplified  the low-level I/O, which in turn
528made other new features in CFITSIO (e.g., support for compressed FITS
529files and support for IRAF format image files) much easier to
530implement.  Jurek Borkowski wrote the Shared Memory driver, and Bruce
531O'Neel wrote the drivers for accessing FITS files over the network
532using the FTP, HTTP, and ROOT protocols.
533
534The ISDC also provided the template parsing routines (written by Jurek
535Borkowski) and the hierarchical grouping routines (written by Don
536Jennings).  The ISDC DAL (Data Access Layer) routines are layered on
537top of CFITSIO and make extensive use of these features.
538
539Uwe Lammers (XMM/ESA/ESTEC, The Netherlands) designed the
540high-performance lexical parsing algorithm that is used to do
541on-the-fly filtering of FITS tables.  This algorithm essentially
542pre-compiles the user-supplied selection expression into a form that
543can be rapidly evaluated for each row.  Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC)
544then wrote the parsing routines used by CFITSIO based on Lammers'
545design, combined with other techniques such as the CFITSIO iterator
546routine to further enhance the data processing throughput.  This effort
547also benefited from a much earlier lexical parsing routine that was
548developed by Kent Blackburn (NASA/GSFC). More recently, Craig Markwardt
549(NASA/GSFC) implemented additional functions (median, average, stddev)
550and other enhancements to the lexical parser.
551
552The CFITSIO iterator function is loosely based on similar ideas
553developed for the XMM Data Access Layer.
554
555Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC) wrote the complete set of
556Fortran-callable wrappers for all the CFITSIO routines, which in turn
557rely on the CFORTRAN macro developed by Burkhard Burow.
558
559The syntax used by CFITSIO for filtering or binning input FITS files is
560based on ideas developed for the AXAF Science Center Data Model by
561Jonathan McDowell, Antonella Fruscione, Aneta Siemiginowska and Bill
562Joye. See http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/journal/axaf7.html for
563further description of the AXAF Data Model.
564
565The file decompression code were taken directly from the gzip (GNU zip)
566program developed by Jean-loup Gailly and others.
567
568Doug Mink, SAO, provided the routines for converting IRAF format
569images into FITS format.
570
571Martin Reinecke (Max Planck Institute, Garching)) provided the modifications to
572cfortran.h that are necessary to support 64-bit integer values when calling
573C routines from fortran programs.  The cfortran.h macros were originally developed
574by Burkhard Burow (CERN).
575
576Julian Taylor (ESO, Garching) provided the fast byte-swapping algorithms
577that use the SSE2 and SSSE3 machine instructions available on x86\_64 CPUs.
578
579In addition, many other people have made valuable contributions to the
580development of CFITSIO.  These include (with apologies to others that may
581have inadvertently been omitted):
582
583Steve Allen, Carl Akerlof, Keith Arnaud, Morten Krabbe Barfoed, Kent
584Blackburn, G Bodammer, Romke Bontekoe, Lucio Chiappetti, Keith Costorf,
585Robin Corbet, John Davis,  Richard Fink, Ning Gan, Emily Greene, Joe
586Harrington, Cheng Ho, Phil Hodge, Jim Ingham, Yoshitaka Ishisaki, Diab
587Jerius, Mark Levine, Todd Karakaskian, Edward King, Scott Koch,  Claire
588Larkin, Rob Managan, Eric Mandel, John Mattox, Carsten Meyer, Emi
589Miyata, Stefan Mochnacki, Mike Noble, Oliver Oberdorf, Clive Page,
590Arvind Parmar, Jeff Pedelty, Tim Pearson, Maren Purves, Scott Randall,
591Chris Rogers, Arnold Rots, Barry Schlesinger, Robin Stebbins, Andrew
592Szymkowiak, Allyn Tennant, Peter Teuben, James Theiler, Doug Tody,
593Shiro Ueno, Steve Walton, Archie Warnock, Alan Watson, Dan Whipple, Wim
594Wimmers, Peter Young, Jianjun Xu, and Nelson Zarate.
595
596
597\chapter{  A FITS Primer }
598
599This section gives a brief overview of the structure of FITS files.
600Users should refer to the documentation available from the FITS Support Office, as
601described in the introduction, for more detailed information on FITS
602formats.
603
604FITS was first developed in the late 1970's as a standard data
605interchange format between various astronomical observatories.  Since
606then FITS has become the defacto standard data format supported by most
607astronomical data analysis software packages.
608
609A FITS file consists of one or more Header + Data Units (HDUs), where
610the first HDU is called the `Primary HDU', or `Primary Array'.  The
611primary array contains an N-dimensional array of pixels, such as a 1-D
612spectrum, a 2-D image, or a 3-D data cube.  Six different primary
613datatypes are supported: Unsigned 8-bit bytes, 16, 32, and 64-bit signed
614integers, and 32 and 64-bit floating point reals.  FITS also has a
615convention for storing unsigned integers (see the later
616section entitled `Unsigned Integers' for more details). The primary HDU
617may also consist of only a header with a null array containing no
618data pixels.
619
620Any number of additional HDUs may follow the primary array; these
621additional HDUs are called FITS `extensions'.  There are currently 3
622types of extensions defined by the FITS standard:
623
624\begin{itemize}
625\item
626  Image Extension - a N-dimensional array of pixels, like in a primary array
627\item
628  ASCII Table Extension - rows and columns of data in ASCII character format
629\item
630  Binary Table Extension - rows and columns of data in binary representation
631\end{itemize}
632
633In each case the HDU consists of an ASCII Header Unit followed by an optional
634Data Unit.  For historical reasons, each Header or Data unit must be an
635exact multiple of 2880 8-bit bytes long.  Any unused space is padded
636with fill characters (ASCII blanks or zeros).
637
638Each Header Unit consists of any number of 80-character keyword records
639or `card images' which have the general form:
640
641\begin{verbatim}
642  KEYNAME = value / comment string
643  NULLKEY =       / comment: This keyword has no value
644\end{verbatim}
645The keyword names may be up to 8 characters long and can only contain
646uppercase letters, the digits 0-9, the hyphen, and the underscore
647character. The keyword name is (usually) followed by an equals sign and
648a space character (= ) in columns 9 - 10 of the record, followed by the
649value of the keyword which may be either an integer, a floating point
650number, a character string (enclosed in single quotes), or a boolean
651value (the letter T or F).   A keyword may also have a null or undefined
652value if there is no specified value string, as in the second example.
653
654The last keyword in the header is always the `END' keyword which has no
655value or comment fields. There are many rules governing the exact
656format of a keyword record (see the FITS Standard) so it is better
657to rely on standard interface software like FITSIO to correctly
658construct or to parse the keyword records rather than try to deal
659directly with the raw FITS formats.
660
661Each Header Unit begins with a series of required keywords which depend
662on the type of HDU.  These required keywords specify the size and
663format of the following Data Unit.  The header may contain other
664optional keywords to describe other aspects of the data, such as the
665units or scaling values.  Other COMMENT or HISTORY keywords are also
666frequently added to further document the data file.
667
668The optional Data Unit immediately follows the last 2880-byte block in
669the Header Unit.  Some HDUs do not have a Data Unit and only consist of
670the Header Unit.
671
672If there is more than one HDU in the FITS file, then the Header Unit of
673the next HDU immediately follows the last 2880-byte block of the
674previous Data Unit (or Header Unit if there is no Data Unit).
675
676The main required keywords in FITS primary arrays or image extensions are:
677\begin{itemize}
678\item
679BITPIX -- defines the datatype of the array: 8, 16, 32, 64, -32, -64 for
680unsigned 8--bit byte, 16--bit signed integer, 32--bit signed integer,
68164--bit signed integer,
68232--bit IEEE floating point, and 64--bit IEEE double precision floating
683point, respectively.
684\item
685NAXIS --  the number of dimensions in the array, usually 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
686\item
687NAXISn -- (n ranges from 1 to NAXIS) defines the size of each dimension.
688\end{itemize}
689
690FITS tables start with the keyword XTENSION = `TABLE' (for ASCII
691tables) or XTENSION = `BINTABLE' (for binary tables) and have the
692following main keywords:
693\begin{itemize}
694\item
695TFIELDS -- number of fields or columns in the table
696\item
697NAXIS2 -- number of rows in the table
698\item
699TTYPEn -- for each column (n ranges from 1 to TFIELDS) gives the
700name of the column
701\item
702TFORMn -- the datatype of the column
703\item
704TUNITn -- the physical units of the column (optional)
705\end{itemize}
706
707Users should refer to the FITS Support Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}
708for further information about the FITS format and related software
709packages.
710
711
712
713\chapter{FITSIO Conventions and Guidelines }
714
715
716\section{CFITSIO Size Limitations}
717
718CFITSIO places few restrictions on the size of FITS files that it
719reads or writes.  There are a few limits, however, which may affect
720some extreme cases:
721
7221.  The maximum number of FITS files that may be simultaneously opened by
723CFITSIO is set by NMAXFILES, as defined in fitsio2.h.  The current default
724value is 1000, but this may be increased if necessary. Note that CFITSIO
725allocates NIOBUF * 2880 bytes of I/O buffer space for each file that is
726opened.  The default value of NIOBUF is 40 (defined in fitsio.h), so this
727amounts to  more than 115K of memory  for each opened file (or 115 MB for
7281000 opened files).  Note that the underlying  operating system, may have a
729lower limit on the number of files that can be opened simultaneously.
730
7312.  By default, CFITSIO can handle FITS files up to 2.1 GB in size (2**31
732bytes).  This file size limit is often imposed by 32-bit operating
733systems.  More recently, as 64-bit operating systems become more common, an
734industry-wide standard (at least on Unix systems) has been developed to
735support larger sized files (see http://ftp.sas.com/standards/large.file/).
736Starting with version 2.1 of CFITSIO, larger FITS files up to 6 terabytes
737in size may be read and written on supported platforms.  In order
738to support these larger files, CFITSIO must be compiled with the
739'-D\_LARGEFILE\_SOURCE' and `-D\_FILE\_OFFSET\_BITS=64' compiler flags.
740Some platforms may also require the `-D\_LARGE\_FILES' compiler flag.
741 This causes the compiler to allocate 8-bytes instead of
7424-bytes for the `off\_t' datatype which is used to store file offset
743positions.  It appears that in most cases it is not necessary to
744also include these compiler flags when compiling programs that link to
745the CFITSIO library.
746
747If CFITSIO is compiled with the -D\_LARGEFILE\_SOURCE
748and -D\_FILE\_OFFSET\_BITS=64 flags on a
749platform that supports large files, then it can read and write FITS
750files that contain up to 2**31 2880-byte FITS records, or approximately
7516 terabytes in size.  It is still required that the value of the NAXISn
752and PCOUNT keywords in each extension be within the range of a signed
7534-byte integer (max value = 2,147,483,648).  Thus, each dimension of an
754image (given by the NAXISn keywords), the total width of a table
755(NAXIS1 keyword), the number of rows in a table (NAXIS2 keyword), and
756the total size of the variable-length array heap in binary tables
757(PCOUNT keyword) must be less than this limit.
758
759Currently, support for large files within CFITSIO has been tested
760on the Linux, Solaris, and IBM AIX operating systems.
761
762
763\section{Multiple Access to the Same FITS File}
764
765CFITSIO supports simultaneous read and write access to multiple HDUs in
766the same FITS file.  Thus, one can open the same FITS file twice within
767a single program and move to 2 different HDUs in the file, and then
768read and write data or keywords to the 2 extensions just as if one were
769accessing 2 completely separate FITS files.   Since in general it is
770not possible to physically open the same file twice and then expect to
771be able to simultaneously (or in alternating succession) write to 2
772different locations in the file, CFITSIO recognizes when the file to be
773opened (in the call to fits\_open\_file) has already been opened and
774instead of actually opening the file again, just logically links the
775new file to the old file.  (This only applies if the file is opened
776more than once within the same program, and does not prevent the same
777file from being simultaneously opened by more than one program).  Then
778before CFITSIO reads or writes to either (logical) file, it makes sure
779that any modifications made to the other file have been completely
780flushed from the internal buffers to the file.  Thus, in principle, one
781could open a file twice, in one case pointing to the first extension
782and in the other pointing to the 2nd extension and then write data to
783both extensions, in any order, without danger of corrupting the file,
784There may be some efficiency penalties in doing this however, since
785CFITSIO has to flush all the internal buffers related to one file
786before switching to the  other, so it would still be prudent to
787minimize the number of times one switches back and forth between doing
788I/O to different HDUs in the same file.
789
790
791\section{Current Header Data Unit (CHDU)}
792
793In general, a FITS file can contain multiple Header Data Units, also
794called extensions.  CFITSIO only operates within one HDU at any given
795time, and the currently selected HDU is called the Current Header Data
796Unit (CHDU).  When a FITS file is first created or opened the CHDU is
797automatically defined to be the first HDU (i.e., the primary array).
798CFITSIO routines are provided to move to and open any other existing
799HDU within the FITS file or to append or insert a new HDU in the FITS
800file which then becomes the CHDU.
801
802
803\section{Subroutine Names}
804
805All FITSIO subroutine names begin with the letters 'ft' to distinguish
806them from other subroutines and are 5 or 6 characters long. Users should
807not name their own subroutines beginning with 'ft' to avoid conflicts.
808(The SPP interface routines all begin with 'fs'). Subroutines which read
809or get information from the FITS file have names beginning with
810'ftg...'. Subroutines which write or put information into the FITS file
811have names beginning with 'ftp...'.
812
813
814\section{Subroutine Families and Datatypes}
815
816Many of the subroutines come in families which differ only in the
817datatype of the associated parameter(s) .  The datatype of these
818subroutines is indicated by the last letter of the subroutine name
819(e.g., 'j' in 'ftpkyj') as follows:
820
821\begin{verbatim}
822        x - bit
823        b - character*1 (unsigned byte)
824        i - short integer (I*2)
825        j - integer (I*4, 32-bit integer)
826        k - long long integer (I*8, 64-bit integer)
827        e - real exponential floating point (R*4)
828        f - real fixed-format floating point (R*4)
829        d - double precision real floating-point (R*8)
830        g - double precision fixed-format floating point (R*8)
831        c - complex reals (pairs of R*4 values)
832        m - double precision complex (pairs of R*8 values)
833        l - logical (L*4)
834        s - character string
835\end{verbatim}
836
837When dealing with the FITS byte datatype, it is important to remember
838that the raw values (before any scaling by the BSCALE and BZERO, or
839TSCALn and TZEROn keyword values) in byte arrays (BITPIX = 8) or byte
840columns (TFORMn = 'B') are interpreted as unsigned bytes with values
841ranging from 0 to 255. Some Fortran compilers support a non-standard
842byte datatype such as INTEGER*1, LOGICAL*1, or BYTE, which can sometimes
843be used instead of CHARACTER*1 variables. Many machines permit passing a
844numeric datatype (such as INTEGER*1) to the FITSIO subroutines which are
845expecting a CHARACTER*1 datatype, but this technically violates the
846Fortran-77 standard and is not supported on all machines (e.g., on a VAX/VMS
847machine one must use the VAX-specific \%DESCR function).
848
849One feature of the CFITSIO routines is that they can operate on a `X'
850(bit) column in a binary table as though it were a `B' (byte) column.
851For example a `11X' datatype column can be interpreted the same as a
852`2B' column (i.e., 2 unsigned 8-bit bytes).  In some instances, it can
853be more efficient to read and write whole bytes at a time, rather than
854reading or writing each individual bit.
855
856The double precision complex datatype is not a standard Fortran-77
857datatype.  If a particular Fortran compiler does not directly support
858this datatype,  then one may instead pass an array of pairs of double
859precision values to these subroutines.  The first  value in each pair
860is the real part, and the second is the imaginary part.
861
862
863\section{Implicit Data Type Conversion}
864
865The FITSIO routines that read and write numerical data can perform
866implicit data type conversion.  This means that the data type of the
867variable or array in the program does not need to be the same as the
868data type of the value in the FITS file.  Data type conversion is
869supported for numerical and string data types (if the string contains a
870valid number enclosed in quotes) when reading a FITS header keyword
871value and for numeric values when reading or writing values in the
872primary array or a table column.  CFITSIO returns status =
873NUM\_OVERFLOW  if the converted data value exceeds the range of the
874output data type.  Implicit data type conversion is not supported
875within binary tables for string, logical, complex, or double complex
876data types.
877
878In addition, any table column may be read as if it contained string values.
879In the case of numeric columns the returned string will be formatted
880using the TDISPn display format if it exists.
881
882
883\section{Data Scaling}
884
885When reading numerical data values in the primary array or a
886table column, the values will be scaled automatically by the BSCALE and
887BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) header keyword values if they are
888present in the header.  The scaled data that is returned to the reading
889program will have
890
891\begin{verbatim}
892        output value = (FITS value) * BSCALE + BZERO
893\end{verbatim}
894(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when reading
895from table columns).  In the case of integer output values the floating
896point scaled value is truncated to an integer (not rounded to the
897nearest integer).  The ftpscl and fttscl subroutines may be used to
898override the scaling parameters defined in the header (e.g., to turn
899off the scaling so that the program can read the raw unscaled values
900from the FITS file).
901
902When writing numerical data to the primary array or to a table
903column the data values will generally be automatically inversely scaled
904by the value of the BSCALE and BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) header
905keyword values if they they exist in the header.  These keywords must
906have been written to the header before any data is written for them to
907have any effect.  Otherwise, one may use the ftpscl and fttscl
908subroutines to define or override the scaling keywords in the header
909(e.g., to turn off the scaling so that the program can write the raw
910unscaled values into the FITS file). If scaling is performed, the
911inverse scaled output value that is written into the FITS file will
912have
913
914\begin{verbatim}
915         FITS value = ((input value) - BZERO) / BSCALE
916\end{verbatim}
917(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when
918writing to table columns).  Rounding to the nearest integer, rather
919than truncation, is performed when writing integer datatypes to the
920FITS file.
921
922
923\section{Error Status Values and the Error Message Stack}
924
925The last parameter in nearly every FITSIO subroutine is the error
926status value which is both an input and an output parameter.  A
927returned positive value for this parameter indicates an error was
928detected.  A listing of all the FITSIO status code values is given at
929the end of this document.
930
931The FITSIO library uses an `inherited status' convention for the status
932parameter which means that if a subroutine is called with a positive
933input value of the status parameter, then the subroutine will exit
934immediately without changing the value of the status parameter.  Thus,
935if one passes the status value returned from each FITSIO routine as
936input to the next FITSIO subroutine, then whenever an error is detected
937all further FITSIO processing will cease.  This convention can simplify
938the error checking in application programs because it is not necessary
939to check the value of the status parameter after every single FITSIO
940subroutine call.  If a program contains a sequence of several FITSIO
941calls, one can just check the status value after the last call.  Since
942the returned status values are generally distinctive, it should be
943possible to determine which subroutine originally returned the error
944status.
945
946FITSIO also maintains an internal stack of error messages (80-character
947maximum length) which in many cases provide a more detailed explanation
948of the cause of the error than is provided by the error status number
949alone. It is recommended that the error message stack be printed out
950whenever a program detects a FITSIO error. To do this, call the FTGMSG
951routine repeatedly to get the successive messages on the stack. When the
952stack is empty FTGMSG will return a blank string. Note that this is a
953`First In -- First Out' stack, so the oldest error message is returned
954first by ftgmsg.
955
956
957\section{Variable-Length Array Facility in Binary Tables}
958
959FITSIO provides easy-to-use support for reading and writing data in
960variable length fields of a binary table. The variable length columns
961have TFORMn keyword values of the form `1Pt(len)' or `1Qt(len)' where `t' is the
962datatype code (e.g., I, J, E, D, etc.) and `len' is an integer
963specifying the maximum length of the vector in the table.  If the value
964of `len' is not specified when the table is created (e.g., if the TFORM
965keyword value is simply specified as '1PE' instead of '1PE(400) ), then
966FITSIO will automatically scan the table when it is closed to
967determine the maximum length of the vector and will append this value
968to the TFORMn value.
969
970The same routines which read and write data in an ordinary fixed length
971binary table extension are also used for variable length fields,
972however, the subroutine parameters take on a slightly different
973interpretation as described below.
974
975All the data in a variable length field is written into an area called
976the `heap' which follows the main fixed-length FITS binary table.  The
977size of the heap, in bytes, is specified with the PCOUNT keyword in the
978FITS header.  When creating a new binary table, the initial value of
979PCOUNT should usually be set to zero.  FITSIO will recompute the size
980of the heap as the data is written and will automatically update the
981PCOUNT keyword value when the table is closed.  When writing variable
982length data to a table, CFITSIO will automatically extend the size
983of the heap area if necessary, so that any following HDUs do not
984get overwritten.
985
986By default the heap data area starts immediately after the last row of
987the fixed-length table.  This default starting location may be
988overridden by the THEAP keyword, but this is not recommended.
989If additional rows of data are added to the table, CFITSIO will
990automatically shift the the heap down to make room for the new
991rows, but it is obviously be more efficient to initially
992create the table with the necessary number of blank rows, so that
993the heap does not needed to be constantly moved.
994
995When writing to a variable length field, the entire array of values for
996a given row of the table must be written with a single call to FTPCLx.
997The total length of the array is calculated from (NELEM+FELEM-1). One
998cannot append more elements to an existing field at a later time; any
999attempt to do so will simply overwrite all the data which was previously
1000written. Note also that the new data will be written to a new area of
1001the heap and the heap space used by the previous write cannot be
1002reclaimed. For this reason it is advised that each row of a variable
1003length field only be written once. An exception to this general rule
1004occurs when setting elements of an array as undefined. One must first
1005write a dummy value into the array with FTPCLx, and then call FTPCLU to
1006flag the desired elements as undefined. (Do not use the FTPCNx family
1007of routines with variable length fields). Note that the rows of a table,
1008whether fixed or variable length, do not have to be written
1009consecutively and may be written in any order.
1010
1011When writing to a variable length ASCII character field (e.g., TFORM =
1012'1PA') only a single character string written.  FTPCLS writes the whole
1013length of the input string (minus any trailing blank characters), thus
1014the NELEM and FELEM parameters are ignored.  If the input string is
1015completely blank then FITSIO will write one blank character to the FITS
1016file.  Similarly, FTGCVS and FTGCFS read the entire string (truncated
1017to the width of the character string argument in the subroutine call)
1018and also ignore the NELEM and FELEM parameters.
1019
1020The FTPDES subroutine is useful in situations where multiple rows of a
1021variable length column have the identical array of values.  One can
1022simply write the array once for the first row, and then use FTPDES to
1023write the same descriptor values into the other rows (use the FTGDES
1024routine to read the first descriptor value);  all the rows will then
1025point to the same storage location thus saving disk space.
1026
1027When reading from a variable length array field one can only read as
1028many elements as actually exist in that row of the table; reading does
1029not automatically continue with the next row of the table as occurs
1030when reading an ordinary fixed length table field.  Attempts to read
1031more than this will cause an error status to be returned.  One can
1032determine the number of elements in each row of a variable column with
1033the FTGDES subroutine.
1034
1035
1036\section{Support for IEEE Special Values}
1037
1038The ANSI/IEEE-754 floating-point number standard defines certain
1039special values that are used to represent such quantities as
1040Not-a-Number (NaN), denormalized, underflow, overflow, and infinity.
1041(See the Appendix in the  FITS standard or the FITS User's
1042Guide for a list of these values).  The FITSIO subroutines that read
1043floating point data in FITS files recognize these IEEE special values
1044and by default interpret the overflow and infinity values as being
1045equivalent to a NaN, and convert the underflow and denormalized values
1046into zeros.  In some cases programmers may want access to the raw IEEE
1047values, without any modification by FITSIO.  This can be done by
1048calling the FTGPVx or FTGCVx routines while specifying 0.0 as the value
1049of the NULLVAL parameter.  This will force FITSIO to simply pass the
1050IEEE values through to the application program, without any
1051modification.  This does not work for double precision values on
1052VAX/VMS machines, however, where there is no easy way to bypass the
1053default interpretation of the IEEE special values. This is also not
1054supported when reading floating-point images that have been compressed
1055with the FITS tiled image compression convention that is discussed in
1056section 5.6;  the pixels values in tile compressed images are
1057represented by scaled integers, and a reserved integer value
1058(not a NaN) is used to represent undefined pixels.
1059
1060
1061
1062\section{When the Final Size of the FITS HDU is Unknown}
1063
1064It is not required to know the total size of a FITS data array or table
1065before beginning to write the data to the FITS file.  In the case of
1066the primary array or an image extension, one should initially create
1067the array with the size of the highest dimension (largest NAXISn
1068keyword) set to a dummy value, such as 1.  Then after all the data have
1069been written and the true dimensions are known, then the NAXISn value
1070should be updated using the fits\_ update\_key routine before moving to
1071another extension or closing the FITS file.
1072
1073When writing to FITS tables, CFITSIO automatically keeps track of the
1074highest row number that is written to, and will increase the size of
1075the table if necessary.  CFITSIO will also automatically insert space
1076in the FITS file if necessary, to ensure that the data 'heap', if it
1077exists, and/or any additional HDUs that follow the table do not get
1078overwritten as new rows are written to the table.
1079
1080As a general rule it is best to specify the initial number of rows = 0
1081when the table is created, then let CFITSIO keep track of the number of
1082rows that are actually written.  The application program should not
1083manually update the number of rows in the table (as given by the NAXIS2
1084keyword) since CFITSIO does this automatically.  If a table is
1085initially created with more than zero rows, then this will usually be
1086considered as the minimum size of the table, even if fewer rows are
1087actually written to the table.  Thus, if a table is initially created
1088with NAXIS2 = 20, and CFITSIO only writes 10 rows of data before
1089closing the table, then NAXIS2 will remain equal to 20.  If however, 30
1090rows of data are written to this table, then NAXIS2 will be increased
1091from 20 to 30.  The one exception to this automatic updating of the
1092NAXIS2 keyword is if the application program directly modifies the
1093value of NAXIS2 (up or down) itself just before closing the table.  In this
1094case, CFITSIO does not update NAXIS2 again, since it assumes that the
1095application program must have had a good reason for changing the value
1096directly.  This is not recommended, however, and is only provided for
1097backward compatibility with software that initially creates a table
1098with a large number of rows, than decreases the NAXIS2 value to the
1099actual smaller value just before closing the table.
1100
1101
1102\section{Local FITS Conventions supported by FITSIO}
1103
1104CFITSIO supports several local FITS conventions which are not
1105defined in the official FITS standard and which are not
1106necessarily recognized or supported by other FITS software packages.
1107Programmers should be cautious about using these features, especially
1108if the FITS files that are produced are expected to be processed by
1109other software systems which do not use the CFITSIO interface.
1110
1111
1112\subsection{Support for Long String Keyword Values.}
1113
1114The length of a standard FITS string keyword is limited to 68
1115characters because it must fit entirely within a single FITS header
1116keyword record.  In some instances it is necessary to encode strings
1117longer than this limit, so FITSIO supports a local convention in which
1118the string value is continued over multiple keywords. This
1119continuation convention uses an ampersand character at the end of each
1120substring to indicate that it is continued on the next keyword, and the
1121continuation keywords all have the name CONTINUE without an equal sign
1122in column 9. The string value may be continued in this way over as many
1123additional CONTINUE keywords as is required.  The following lines
1124illustrate this continuation convention which is used in the value of
1125the STRKEY keyword:
1126
1127\begin{verbatim}
1128LONGSTRN= 'OGIP 1.0'           / The OGIP Long String Convention may be used.
1129STRKEY  = 'This is a very long string keyword&'  / Optional Comment
1130CONTINUE  ' value that is continued over 3 keywords in the &  '
1131CONTINUE  'FITS header.' / This is another optional comment.
1132\end{verbatim}
1133It is recommended that the LONGSTRN keyword, as shown
1134here, always be included in any HDU that uses this longstring
1135convention.  A subroutine called FTPLSW
1136has been provided in CFITSIO to write this keyword if it does not
1137already exist.
1138
1139This long string convention is supported by the following FITSIO
1140subroutines that deal with string-valued keywords:
1141
1142\begin{verbatim}
1143      ftgkys - read a string keyword
1144      ftpkls - write (append) a string keyword
1145      ftikls - insert a string keyword
1146      ftmkls - modify the value of an existing string keyword
1147      ftukls - update an existing keyword, or write a new keyword
1148      ftdkey - delete a keyword
1149\end{verbatim}
1150These routines will transparently read, write, or delete a long string
1151value in the FITS file, so programmers in general do not have to be
1152concerned about the details of the convention that is used to encode
1153the long string in the FITS header.  When reading a long string, one
1154must ensure that the character string parameter used in these
1155subroutine calls has been declared long enough to hold the entire
1156string, otherwise the returned string value will be truncated.
1157
1158Note that the more commonly used FITSIO subroutine to write string
1159valued keywords (FTPKYS) does NOT support this long string convention
1160and only supports strings up to 68 characters in length.  This has been
1161done deliberately to prevent programs from inadvertently writing
1162keywords using this non-standard convention without the explicit intent
1163of the programmer or user.   The FTPKLS subroutine must be called
1164instead to write long strings.  This routine can also be used to write
1165ordinary string values less than 68 characters in length.
1166
1167
1168\subsection{Arrays of Fixed-Length Strings in Binary Tables}
1169
1170CFITSIO supports 2 ways to specify that a character column in a binary
1171table contains an array of fixed-length strings.  The first way, which
1172is officially supported by the FITS Standard document, uses the TDIMn keyword.
1173For example, if TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)' then that
1174column will be interpreted as containing an array of 5 strings, each 12
1175characters long.
1176
1177FITSIO also supports a
1178local convention for the format of the TFORMn keyword value of the form
1179'rAw' where 'r' is an integer specifying the total width in characters
1180of the column, and 'w' is an integer specifying the (fixed) length of
1181an individual unit string within the vector.  For example, TFORM1 =
1182'120A10' would indicate that the binary table column is 120 characters
1183wide and consists of 12 10-character length strings.  This convention
1184is recognized by the FITSIO subroutines that read or write strings in
1185binary tables.   The Binary Table definition document specifies that
1186other optional characters may follow the datatype code in the TFORM
1187keyword, so this local convention is in compliance with the
1188FITS standard, although other FITS readers are not required to
1189recognize this convention.
1190
1191
1192\subsection{Keyword Units Strings}
1193
1194One deficiency of the current FITS Standard is that it does not define
1195a specific convention for recording the physical units of a keyword
1196value.  The TUNITn keyword can be used to specify the physical units of
1197the values in a table column, but there is no analogous convention for
1198keyword values.  The comment field of the keyword is often used for
1199this purpose, but the units are usually not specified in a well defined
1200format that FITS readers can easily recognize and extract.
1201
1202To solve this deficiency, FITSIO uses a local convention in which the
1203keyword units are enclosed in square brackets as the first token in the
1204keyword comment field; more specifically, the opening square bracket
1205immediately follows the slash '/' comment field delimiter and a single
1206space character.  The following examples illustrate keywords that use
1207this convention:
1208
1209
1210\begin{verbatim}
1211EXPOSURE=               1800.0 / [s] elapsed exposure time
1212V_HELIO =                16.23 / [km s**(-1)] heliocentric velocity
1213LAMBDA  =                5400. / [angstrom] central wavelength
1214FLUX    = 4.9033487787637465E-30 / [J/cm**2/s] average flux
1215\end{verbatim}
1216
1217In general, the units named in the IAU(1988) Style Guide are
1218recommended, with the main exception that the preferred unit for angle
1219is 'deg' for degrees.
1220
1221The FTPUNT and FTGUNT subroutines in FITSIO write and read,
1222respectively, the keyword unit strings in an existing keyword.
1223
1224
1225\subsection{HIERARCH Convention for Extended Keyword Names}
1226
1227CFITSIO supports the HIERARCH keyword convention which allows keyword
1228names that are longer than 8 characters.  This convention
1229was developed at the European Southern Observatory (ESO) and allows characters
1230consisting of digits 0-9, upper case letters A-Z, the dash '-' and the underscore '\_'.
1231The components of hierarchical keywords are separated by a single ASCII space charater.
1232For instance:
1233
1234\begin{verbatim}
1235HIERARCH ESO INS FOCU POS = -0.00002500 / Focus position
1236\end{verbatim}
1237Basically, this convention uses the FITS keyword 'HIERARCH' to indicate
1238that this convention is being used, then the actual keyword name
1239({\tt'ESO INS FOCU POS'} in this example) begins in column 10.  The
1240equals sign marks the end of the keyword name and is followed by the
1241usual value and comment fields just as in standard FITS keywords.
1242Further details of this convention are described at
1243http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/registry/hierarch\_keyword.html
1244and in Section 4.4 of the ESO Data Interface Control Document that
1245is linked to from
1246http://archive.eso.org/cms/tools-documentation/eso-data-interface-control.html.
1247
1248This convention allows a broader range of keyword names
1249than is allowed by the FITS Standard.  Here are more examples
1250of such keywords:
1251
1252\begin{verbatim}
1253HIERARCH LONGKEYWORD = 47.5 / Keyword has > 8 characters
1254HIERARCH LONG-KEY_WORD2 = 52.3 / Long keyword with hyphen, underscore and digit
1255HIERARCH EARTH IS A STAR = F / Keyword contains embedded spaces
1256\end{verbatim}
1257CFITSIO will transparently read and write these keywords, so application
1258programs do not in general need to know anything about the specific
1259implementation details of the HIERARCH convention.  In particular,
1260application programs do not need to specify the `HIERARCH' part of the
1261keyword name when reading or writing keywords (although it
1262may be included if desired).  When writing a keyword, CFITSIO first
1263checks to see if the keyword name is legal as a standard FITS keyword
1264(no more than 8 characters long and containing only letters, digits, or
1265a minus sign or underscore). If so it writes it as a standard FITS
1266keyword, otherwise it uses the hierarch convention to write the
1267keyword.   The maximum keyword name length is 67 characters, which
1268leaves only 1 space for the value field.  A more practical limit is
1269about 40 characters, which leaves enough room for most keyword values.
1270CFITSIO returns an error if there is not enough room for both the
1271keyword name and the keyword value on the 80-character card, except for
1272string-valued keywords which are simply truncated so that the closing
1273quote character falls in column 80. A space is also required on either
1274side of the equal sign.
1275
1276
1277\section{Optimizing Code for Maximum Processing Speed}
1278
1279CFITSIO has been carefully designed to obtain the highest possible
1280speed when reading and writing FITS files.  In order to achieve the
1281best performance, however, application programmers must be careful to
1282call the CFITSIO routines appropriately and in an efficient sequence;
1283inappropriate usage of CFITSIO routines can greatly slow down the
1284execution speed of a program.
1285
1286The maximum possible I/O speed of CFITSIO depends of course on the type
1287of computer system that it is running on.  To get a general idea of what
1288data I/O speeds are possible on a particular machine, build the speed.c
1289program that is distributed with CFITSIO (type 'make speed' in the CFITSIO
1290directory).  This diagnostic program measures the speed of writing and reading
1291back a test FITS image, a binary table, and an ASCII table.
1292
1293The following 2 sections provide some background on how CFITSIO
1294internally manages the data I/O and describes some strategies that may
1295be used to optimize the processing speed of software that uses
1296CFITSIO.
1297
1298
1299\subsection{Background Information: How CFITSIO Manages Data I/O}
1300
1301Many CFITSIO operations involve transferring only a small number of
1302bytes to or from the FITS file (e.g, reading a keyword, or writing a
1303row in a table); it would be very inefficient to physically read or
1304write such small blocks of data directly in the FITS file on disk,
1305therefore CFITSIO maintains a set of internal Input--Output (IO)
1306buffers in RAM memory that each contain one FITS block (2880 bytes) of
1307data.  Whenever CFITSIO needs to access data in the FITS file, it first
1308transfers the FITS block containing those bytes into one of the IO
1309buffers in memory.  The next time CFITSIO needs to access bytes in the
1310same block it can then go to the fast IO buffer rather than using a
1311much slower system disk access routine.  The number of available IO
1312buffers is determined by the NIOBUF parameter (in fitsio2.h) and is
1313currently set to 40.
1314
1315Whenever CFITSIO reads or writes data it first checks to see if that
1316block of the FITS file is already loaded into one of the IO buffers.
1317If not, and if there is an empty IO buffer available, then it will load
1318that block into the IO buffer (when reading a FITS file) or will
1319initialize a new block (when writing to a FITS file).  If all the IO
1320buffers are already full, it must decide which one to reuse (generally
1321the one that has been accessed least recently), and flush the contents
1322back to disk if it has been modified before loading the new block.
1323
1324The one major exception to the above process occurs whenever a large
1325contiguous set of bytes are accessed, as might occur when reading or
1326writing a FITS image.  In this case CFITSIO bypasses the internal IO
1327buffers and simply reads or writes the desired bytes directly in the
1328disk file with a single call to a low-level file read or write
1329routine.  The minimum threshold for the number of bytes to read or
1330write this way is set by the MINDIRECT parameter and is currently set
1331to 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes.  This is the most efficient way to read
1332or write large chunks of data.  Note that this fast direct IO process is not
1333applicable when accessing columns of data in a FITS table because the
1334bytes are generally not contiguous since they are interleaved by the
1335other columns of data in the table.  This explains why the speed for
1336accessing FITS tables is generally slower than accessing
1337FITS images.
1338
1339Given this background information, the general strategy for efficiently
1340accessing FITS files should now be apparent:  when dealing with FITS
1341images, read or write large chunks of data at a time so that the direct
1342IO mechanism will be invoked;  when accessing FITS headers or FITS
1343tables, on the other hand, once a particular FITS block has been
1344loading into one of the IO buffers, try to access all the needed
1345information in that block before it gets flushed out of the IO buffer.
1346It is important to avoid the situation where the same FITS block is
1347being read then flushed from a IO buffer multiple times.
1348
1349The following section gives more specific suggestions for optimizing
1350the use of CFITSIO.
1351
1352
1353\subsection{Optimization Strategies}
1354
13551.  Because the data in FITS files is always stored in "big-endian" byte order,
1356where the first byte of numeric values contains the most significant bits and the
1357last byte contains the least significant bits, CFITSIO must swap the order of the bytes
1358when reading or writing FITS files when running on little-endian machines (e.g.,
1359Linux and Microsoft Windows operating systems running on PCs with x86 CPUs).
1360
1361On fairly new CPUs that support "SSSE3" machine instructions
1362(e.g., starting with Intel Core 2 CPUs in 2007, and in AMD CPUs
1363beginning in 2011) significantly faster 4-byte and 8-byte swapping
1364algorithms are available. These faster byte swapping functions are
1365not used by default in CFITSIO (because of the potential code
1366portablility issues), but users can enable them on supported
1367platforms by adding the appropriate compiler flags (-mssse3 with gcc
1368or icc on linux) when compiling the swapproc.c source file, which will
1369allow the compiler to generate code using the SSSE3 instruction set.
1370A convenient way to do this is to configure the CFITSIO library
1371with the following command:
1372
1373\begin{verbatim}
1374  >  ./configure --enable-ssse3
1375\end{verbatim}
1376Note, however, that a binary executable file that is
1377created using these faster functions will only run on
1378machines that support the SSSE3 machine instructions. It will
1379crash on machines that do not support them.
1380
1381For faster 2-byte swaps on virtually all x86-64 CPUs (even those that
1382do not support SSSE3), a variant using only SSE2 instructions exists.
1383SSE2 is enabled by default on x86\_64 CPUs with 64-bit operating systems
1384(and is also automatically enabled by the --enable-ssse3 flag).
1385When running on x86\_64 CPUs with 32-bit operating systems, these faster
13862-byte swapping algorithms are not used by default in CFITSIO, but can be
1387enabled explicitly with:
1388
1389\begin{verbatim}
1390./configure --enable-sse2
1391\end{verbatim}
1392Preliminary testing indicates that these SSSE3 and SSE2 based
1393byte-swapping algorithms can boost the CFITSIO performance when
1394reading or writing FITS images by 20\% - 30\% or more.
1395It is important to note, however, that compiler optimization must be
1396turned on (e.g., by using the -O1 or -O2 flags in gcc) when building
1397programs that use these fast byte-swapping algorithms in order
1398to reap the full benefit of the SSSE3 and SSE2 instructions; without
1399optimization, the code may actually run slower than when using
1400more traditional byte-swapping techniques.
1401
14022.  When dealing with a FITS primary array or IMAGE extension, it is
1403more efficient to read or write large chunks of the  image at a time
1404(at least 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes) so that the direct IO mechanism
1405will be used as described in the previous section.  Smaller chunks of
1406data are read or written via the IO buffers, which is somewhat less
1407efficient because of the extra copy operation and additional
1408bookkeeping steps that are required.  In principle it is more efficient
1409to read or write as big an array of image pixels at one time as
1410possible, however, if the array becomes so large that the operating
1411system cannot store it all in RAM, then the performance may be degraded
1412because of the increased swapping of virtual memory to disk.
1413
14143.  When dealing with FITS tables, the most important efficiency factor
1415in the software design is to read or write the data in the FITS file in
1416a single pass through the file.  An example of poor program design
1417would be to read a large, 3-column table by sequentially reading the
1418entire first column, then going back to read the 2nd column, and
1419finally the 3rd column; this obviously requires 3 passes through the
1420file which could triple the execution time of an I/O limited program.
1421For small tables this is not important, but when reading multi-megabyte
1422sized tables these inefficiencies can become significant.  The more
1423efficient procedure in this case is to read or write only as many rows
1424of the table as will fit into the available internal I/O buffers, then
1425access all the necessary columns of data within that range of rows.
1426Then after the program is completely finished with the data in those
1427rows it can move on to the next range of rows that will fit in the
1428buffers, continuing in this way until the entire file has been
1429processed.  By using this procedure of accessing all the columns of a
1430table in parallel rather than sequentially, each block of the FITS file
1431will only be read or written once.
1432
1433The optimal number of rows to read or write at one time in a given
1434table depends on the width of the table row, on the number of I/O
1435buffers that have been allocated in FITSIO, and also on the number of
1436other FITS files that are open at the same time (since one I/O buffer
1437is always reserved for each open FITS file).  Fortunately, a FITSIO
1438routine is available that will return the optimal number of rows for a
1439given table:  call ftgrsz(unit, nrows, status).  It is not critical to
1440use exactly the value of nrows returned by this routine, as long as one
1441does not exceed it.  Using a very small value however can also lead to
1442poor performance because of the overhead from the larger number of
1443subroutine calls.
1444
1445The optimal number of rows returned by ftgrsz is valid only as long as
1446the application program is only reading or writing data in the
1447specified table.  Any other calls to access data in the table header
1448would  cause additional blocks of data to be
1449loaded into the I/O buffers displacing data from the original table,
1450and should be avoided during the critical period while the table is
1451being read or written.
1452
14534.  Use binary table extensions rather than ASCII table
1454extensions for better efficiency  when dealing with tabular data.  The
1455I/O to ASCII tables is slower because of the overhead in formatting or
1456parsing the ASCII data fields, and because ASCII tables are about twice
1457as large as binary tables with the same information content.
1458
14595. Design software so that it reads the FITS header keywords in the
1460same order in which they occur in the file.  When reading keywords,
1461FITSIO searches forward starting from the position of the last keyword
1462that was read.  If it reaches the end of the header without finding the
1463keyword, it then goes back to the start of the header and continues the
1464search down to the position where it started.  In practice, as long as
1465the entire FITS header can fit at one time in the available internal I/O
1466buffers, then the header keyword access will be very fast and it makes
1467little difference which order they are accessed.
1468
14696. Avoid the use of scaling (by using the BSCALE and BZERO or TSCAL and
1470TZERO keywords) in FITS files since the scaling operations add to the
1471processing time needed to read or write the data.  In some cases it may
1472be more efficient to temporarily turn off the scaling (using ftpscl or
1473fttscl) and then read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS
1474file.
1475
14767. Avoid using the 'implicit datatype conversion' capability in
1477FITSIO.  For instance, when reading a FITS image with BITPIX = -32
1478(32-bit floating point pixels), read the data into a single precision
1479floating point data array in the program.  Forcing FITSIO to convert
1480the data to a different datatype can significantly slow the program.
1481
14828. Where feasible, design FITS binary tables using vector column
1483elements so that the data are written as a contiguous set of bytes,
1484rather than as single elements in multiple rows.  For example, it is
1485faster to access the data in a table that contains a single row
1486and 2 columns with TFORM keywords equal to  '10000E' and '10000J', than
1487it is to access the same amount of data in a table with 10000 rows
1488which has columns with the TFORM keywords equal to '1E' and '1J'.  In
1489the former case the 10000 floating point values in the first column are
1490all written in a contiguous block of the file which can be read or
1491written quickly, whereas in the second case each floating point value
1492in the first column is interleaved with the integer value in the second
1493column of the same row so CFITSIO has to explicitly move to the
1494position of each element to be read or written.
1495
14969. Avoid the use of variable length vector columns in binary tables,
1497since any reading or writing of these data requires that CFITSIO first
1498look up or compute the starting address of each row of data in the
1499heap.  In practice, this is probably not a significant efficiency issue.
1500
150110. When copying data from one FITS table to another, it is faster to
1502transfer the raw bytes instead of reading then writing each column of
1503the table.  The FITSIO subroutines FTGTBS and FTPTBS (for ASCII
1504tables), and  FTGTBB and FTPTBB (for binary tables) will perform
1505low-level reads or writes of any contiguous range of bytes in a table
1506extension.  These routines can be used to read or write a whole row (or
1507multiple rows) of a table with a single subroutine call.   These
1508routines are fast because they bypass all the usual data scaling, error
1509checking and machine dependent data conversion that is normally done by
1510FITSIO, and they allow the program to write the data to the output file
1511in exactly the same byte order.  For these same reasons, use of these
1512routines can be somewhat risky because no validation or machine
1513dependent conversion is performed by these routines.  In general these
1514routines are only recommended for optimizing critical pieces of code
1515and should only be used by programmers who thoroughly understand the
1516internal byte structure of the FITS tables they are reading or
1517writing.
1518
151911. Another strategy for improving the speed of writing a FITS table,
1520similar to the previous one, is to directly construct the entire byte
1521stream for a whole table row (or multiple rows) within the application
1522program and then write it to the FITS file with
1523ftptbb.  This avoids all the overhead normally present
1524in the column-oriented CFITSIO write routines.  This technique should
1525only be used for critical applications, because it makes the code more
1526difficult to understand and maintain, and it makes the code more system
1527dependent (e.g., do the bytes need to be swapped before writing to the
1528FITS file?).
1529
153012.  Finally, external factors such as the type of magnetic disk
1531controller (SCSI or IDE), the size of the disk cache, the average seek
1532speed of the disk, the amount of disk fragmentation, and the amount of
1533RAM available on the system can all have a significant impact on
1534overall I/O efficiency.  For critical applications, a system
1535administrator should review the proposed system hardware to identify any
1536potential I/O bottlenecks.
1537
1538
1539
1540\chapter{  Basic Interface Routines }
1541
1542This section defines a basic set of subroutines that can be
1543used to perform the most common types of read and write operations
1544on FITS files.  New users should start with these subroutines and
1545then, as needed, explore the more advance routines described in
1546the following chapter to perform more complex or specialized operations.
1547
1548A right arrow symbol ($>$) is used to separate the input parameters from
1549the output parameters in the  definition of each routine.  This symbol
1550is not actually part of the calling sequence.  Note that
1551the status parameter is both an input and an output parameter
1552and must be initialized = 0 prior to calling the FITSIO subroutines.
1553
1554Refer to Chapter 9 for the definition of all the parameters
1555used by these interface routines.
1556
1557
1558\section{FITSIO Error Status Routines \label{FTVERS}}
1559
1560
1561\begin{description}
1562\item[1 ] Return the current version number of the fitsio library.
1563    The version number will be incremented with each new
1564   release of CFITSIO.
1565\end{description}
1566
1567\begin{verbatim}
1568        FTVERS( > version)
1569\end{verbatim}
1570
1571\begin{description}
1572\item[2 ] Return the descriptive text string corresponding to a FITSIO error
1573    status code.   The 30-character length string contains a brief
1574   description of the cause of the error.
1575\end{description}
1576
1577\begin{verbatim}
1578        FTGERR(status, > errtext)
1579\end{verbatim}
1580
1581\begin{description}
1582\item[3 ] Return the top (oldest) 80-character error message from the
1583    internal FITSIO stack of error messages and shift any remaining
1584    messages on the stack up one level.  Any FITSIO error will
1585    generate one or more messages on the stack.  Call this routine
1586    repeatedly to get each message in sequence.  The error stack is empty
1587   when a blank string is returned.
1588\end{description}
1589
1590\begin{verbatim}
1591        FTGMSG( > errmsg)
1592\end{verbatim}
1593
1594\begin{description}
1595\item[4 ]The FTPMRK routine puts an invisible marker on the
1596   CFITSIO error stack.  The FTCMRK routine can then be
1597   used to delete any more recent error messages on the stack, back to
1598   the position of the marker.  This preserves any older error messages
1599   on the stack.  FTCMSG simply clears the entire error message stack.
1600  These routines are called without any arguments.
1601\end{description}
1602
1603\begin{verbatim}
1604        FTPMRK
1605        FTCMRK
1606        FTCMSG
1607\end{verbatim}
1608
1609
1610\begin{description}
1611\item[5 ] Print out the error message corresponding to the input status
1612    value and all the error messages on the FITSIO stack  to the specified
1613    file stream  (stream can be either the string 'STDOUT' or 'STDERR').
1614   If the input status value = 0 then this routine does nothing.
1615\end{description}
1616
1617\begin{verbatim}
1618       FTRPRT (stream, > status)
1619\end{verbatim}
1620
1621\begin{description}
1622\item[6 ] Write an 80-character message to the FITSIO error stack.  Application
1623    programs should not normally write to the stack, but there may be
1624   some situations where this is desirable.
1625\end{description}
1626
1627\begin{verbatim}
1628        FTPMSG(errmsg)
1629\end{verbatim}
1630
1631
1632\section{File I/O Routines}
1633
1634
1635\begin{description}
1636\item[1 ]Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access.
1637   This routine always opens the primary array (the first HDU) of
1638   the file, and does not move to a following extension, if one was
1639   specified as part of the filename.   Use the FTNOPN routine to
1640   automatically move to the extension.  This routine will also
1641   open IRAF images (.imh format files) and raw binary data arrays
1642   with READONLY access by first converting them on the fly into
1643   virtual FITS images.  See the `Extended File Name Syntax' chapter
1644   for more details.  The FTDKOPN routine simply opens the specified
1645   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1646  filename syntax.
1647\end{description}
1648
1649\begin{verbatim}
1650        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1651        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1652\end{verbatim}
1653
1654\begin{description}
1655\item[2 ]Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1656   and move to a following extension, if one was specified as
1657   part of the filename.  (e.g.,  'filename.fits+2' or
1658   'filename.fits[2]' will move to the 3rd HDU in the file).
1659   Note that this routine differs from FTOPEN in that it does not
1660  have the redundant blocksize argument.
1661\end{description}
1662
1663\begin{verbatim}
1664        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1665\end{verbatim}
1666
1667\begin{description}
1668\item[3 ]Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1669   and then move to the first HDU containing significant data, if a) an HDU
1670   name or number to open was not explicitly specified as part of the
1671   filename, and b) if the FITS file contains a null primary array (i.e.,
1672   NAXIS = 0).  In this case, it will look for the first IMAGE HDU with
1673   NAXIS > 0, or the first table that does not contain the strings `GTI'
1674   (Good Time Interval) or `OBSTABLE' in the EXTNAME keyword value.  FTTOPN
1675   is similar, except it will move to the first significant table HDU
1676   (skipping over any image HDUs) in the file if a specific HDU name
1677   or number is not specified.  FTIOPN will move to the first non-null
1678  image HDU, skipping over any tables.
1679\end{description}
1680
1681\begin{verbatim}
1682        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1683        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1684        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1685\end{verbatim}
1686
1687\begin{description}
1688\item[4 ]Open and initialize a new empty FITS file.   A template file may also be
1689   specified to define the structure of the new file (see section 4.2.4).
1690   The FTDKINIT routine simply creates the specified
1691   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1692  filename syntax.
1693\end{description}
1694
1695\begin{verbatim}
1696        FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1697        FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1698\end{verbatim}
1699
1700\begin{description}
1701\item[5 ]Close a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit
1702\end{description}
1703
1704\begin{verbatim}
1705        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
1706\end{verbatim}
1707
1708\begin{description}
1709\item[6 ] Move to a specified (absolute) HDU in the FITS file (nhdu = 1 for the
1710   FITS primary array)
1711\end{description}
1712
1713\begin{verbatim}
1714        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
1715\end{verbatim}
1716
1717\begin{description}
1718\item[7 ] Create a primary array (if none already exists), or insert a
1719    new IMAGE extension immediately following the CHDU, or
1720    insert a new Primary Array at the beginning of the file.  Any
1721    following extensions in the file will be shifted down to make room
1722    for the new extension.  If the CHDU is the last HDU in the file
1723    then the new image extension will simply be appended to the end of
1724    the file.   One can force a new primary array to be inserted at the
1725    beginning of the FITS file by setting status = -9 prior
1726    to calling the routine.  In this case the existing primary array will be
1727    converted to an IMAGE extension. The new extension (or primary
1728    array) will become the CHDU.  The FTIIMGLL routine is identical
1729    to the FTIIMG routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
1730    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
1731   of 32-bit integers.
1732\end{description}
1733
1734\begin{verbatim}
1735        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
1736        FTIIMGLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll, > status)
1737\end{verbatim}
1738
1739\begin{description}
1740\item[8 ] Insert a new ASCII TABLE extension immediately following the CHDU.
1741    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1742    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1743    then the new table extension will simply be appended to the
1744    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTITABLL
1745    routine is identical
1746    to the FTITAB routine except that the 2nd and 3rd parameters (that give
1747    the size of the table) are 64-bit integers rather than
1748    32-bit integers.  Under normal circumstances, the nrows and nrowsll
1749    paramenters should have a value of 0; CFITSIO will automatically update
1750   the number of rows as data is written to the table.
1751\end{description}
1752
1753\begin{verbatim}
1754        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1755               status)
1756        FTITABLL(unit,rowlenll,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1757               status)
1758\end{verbatim}
1759
1760\begin{description}
1761\item[9 ] Insert a new binary table extension immediately following the CHDU.
1762    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1763    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1764    then the new bintable extension will simply be appended to the
1765     end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTIBINLL
1766    routine is identical
1767    to the FTIBIN routine except that the 2nd parameter (that gives
1768    the length of the table) is a 64-bit integer rather than
1769    a 32-bit integer. Under normal circumstances, the nrows and nrowsll
1770    paramenters should have a value of 0; CFITSIO will automatically update
1771   the number of rows as data is written to the table.
1772\end{description}
1773
1774\begin{verbatim}
1775        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
1776        FTIBINLL(unit,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
1777
1778\end{verbatim}
1779
1780\section{Keyword I/O Routines}
1781
1782
1783\begin{description}
1784\item[1 ]Put (append) an 80-character record into the CHU.
1785\end{description}
1786
1787\begin{verbatim}
1788        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
1789\end{verbatim}
1790
1791\begin{description}
1792\item[2 ] Put (append) a new keyword of the appropriate datatype into the CHU.
1793     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
1794     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
1795     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
1796     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
1797     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
1798     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
1799    depending on the magnitude of the value.
1800\end{description}
1801
1802\begin{verbatim}
1803        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
1804        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
1805\end{verbatim}
1806
1807\begin{description}
1808\item[3 ]Get the nth 80-character header record from the CHU.  The first keyword
1809   in the header is at key\_no = 1;  if key\_no = 0 then this subroutine
1810   simple moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the header
1811   so that subsequent keyword operations will start at the top of
1812  the header; it also returns a blank card value in this case.
1813\end{description}
1814
1815\begin{verbatim}
1816        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
1817\end{verbatim}
1818
1819\begin{description}
1820\item[4 ] Get a keyword value (with the appropriate datatype) and comment from
1821   the CHU
1822\end{description}
1823
1824\begin{verbatim}
1825        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
1826\end{verbatim}
1827
1828\begin{description}
1829\item[5 ] Delete an existing keyword record.
1830\end{description}
1831
1832\begin{verbatim}
1833        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
1834\end{verbatim}
1835
1836
1837\section{Data I/O Routines}
1838
1839The following routines read or write data values in the current HDU of
1840the FITS file.  Automatic datatype conversion
1841will be attempted for numerical datatypes if the specified datatype is
1842different from the actual datatype of the FITS array or table column.
1843
1844
1845\begin{description}
1846\item[1 ]Write elements into the primary data array or image extension.
1847\end{description}
1848
1849\begin{verbatim}
1850        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
1851\end{verbatim}
1852
1853\begin{description}
1854\item[2 ] Read elements from the primary data array or image extension.
1855    Undefined array elements will be
1856    returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0 in which case no
1857    checks for undefined pixels will be performed. The anyf parameter is
1858    set to true (= .true.) if any of the returned
1859   elements were undefined.
1860\end{description}
1861
1862\begin{verbatim}
1863        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
1864\end{verbatim}
1865
1866\begin{description}
1867\item[3 ] Write elements into an ASCII or binary table column. The `felem'
1868    parameter applies only to vector columns in binary tables and is
1869   ignored when writing to ASCII tables.
1870\end{description}
1871
1872\begin{verbatim}
1873        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
1874\end{verbatim}
1875
1876\begin{description}
1877\item[4 ] Read elements from an ASCII or binary table column.  Undefined
1878    array elements will be returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0
1879    (or = ' ' for ftgcvs) in which case no checking for undefined values will
1880    be performed. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the returned
1881    elements are undefined.
1882
1883    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic datatype, may be read as a
1884    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column
1885    as a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column
1886    as a number due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted
1887    strings.  The display format of the returned strings will be
1888    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
1889    datatype of the column.  The length of the returned strings  can be
1890    determined with the ftgcdw routine.  The following TDISPn display
1891    formats are currently supported:
1892
1893\begin{verbatim}
1894    Iw.m   Integer
1895    Ow.m   Octal integer
1896    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
1897    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
1898    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
1899    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
1900    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
1901\end{verbatim}
1902  where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is the minimum
1903  number of digits displayed, and d is the number of digits to the right of the
1904  decimal.  The .m field is optional.
1905\end{description}
1906
1907
1908\begin{verbatim}
1909        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
1910                       values,anyf,status)
1911\end{verbatim}
1912
1913\begin{description}
1914\item[5 ] Get the table column number and full name of the column whose name
1915    matches the input template string.  See the `Advanced Interface Routines'
1916   chapter for a full description of this routine.
1917\end{description}
1918
1919\begin{verbatim}
1920        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colname,colnum,status)
1921\end{verbatim}
1922
1923
1924\chapter{   Advanced Interface Subroutines }
1925
1926This chapter defines all the available subroutines in the FITSIO user
1927interface. For completeness, the basic subroutines described in the
1928previous chapter are also repeated here. A right arrow symbol is used
1929here to separate the input parameters from the output parameters in the
1930definition of each subroutine. This symbol is not actually part of the
1931calling sequence. An alphabetical list and definition of all the
1932parameters is given at the end of this section.
1933
1934
1935\section{FITS File Open and Close Subroutines: \label{FTOPEN}}
1936
1937
1938\begin{description}
1939\item[1 ]Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access. The
1940FTDKOPN routine simply opens the specified file without trying to
1941interpret the filename using the extended filename syntax. FTDOPN opens
1942the file and
1943also moves to the first HDU containing significant data, if no specific
1944HDU is specified as part of the filename.  FTTOPN and FTIOPN are similar
1945except that they will move to the first table HDU or image HDU, respectively,
1946if a HDU name or number is not specified as part of the filename.
1947\end{description}
1948
1949\begin{verbatim}
1950        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1951        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1952
1953        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1954        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1955        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1956\end{verbatim}
1957
1958
1959\begin{description}
1960\item[2 ]Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1961   and move to a following extension, if one was specified as
1962   part of the filename.  (e.g.,  'filename.fits+2' or
1963   'filename.fits[2]' will move to the 3rd HDU in the file).
1964   Note that this routine differs from FTOPEN in that it does not
1965  have the redundant blocksize argument.
1966\end{description}
1967
1968\begin{verbatim}
1969        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1970\end{verbatim}
1971
1972\begin{description}
1973\item[3 ] Reopen a FITS file that was previously opened with
1974    FTOPEN, FTNOPN, or FTINIT.  The newunit number
1975    may then be treated as a separate file, and one may
1976    simultaneously read or write to 2 (or more)  different extensions in
1977    the same file.   The FTOPEN and FTNOPN routines (above) automatically
1978    detects cases where a previously opened file is being opened again,
1979    and then internally call FTREOPEN, so programs should rarely
1980   need to explicitly call this routine.
1981\end{description}
1982
1983\begin{verbatim}
1984       FTREOPEN(unit, > newunit, status)
1985\end{verbatim}
1986
1987\begin{description}
1988\item[4 ]Open and initialize a new empty FITS file.
1989   The FTDKINIT routine simply creates the specified
1990   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1991  filename syntax.
1992\end{description}
1993
1994\begin{verbatim}
1995       FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1996       FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1997\end{verbatim}
1998
1999
2000\begin{description}
2001\item[5 ]  Create a new FITS file, using a template file to define its
2002  initial size and structure.  The template may be another FITS HDU
2003  or an ASCII template file.  If the input template file name
2004  is blank, then this routine behaves the same as FTINIT.
2005  The currently supported format of the ASCII template file is described
2006  under the fits\_parse\_template routine (in the general Utilities
2007  section), but this may change slightly later releases of
2008 CFITSIO.
2009\end{description}
2010
2011\begin{verbatim}
2012       FTTPLT(unit, filename, tplfilename, > status)
2013\end{verbatim}
2014
2015\begin{description}
2016\item[6 ]Flush internal buffers of data to the output FITS file
2017   previously opened with ftopen or ftinit.  The routine usually
2018   never needs to be called, but doing so will ensure that
2019   if the program subsequently aborts, then the FITS file will
2020  have at least been closed properly.
2021\end{description}
2022
2023\begin{verbatim}
2024        FTFLUS(unit, > status)
2025\end{verbatim}
2026
2027\begin{description}
2028\item[7 ]Close a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit
2029\end{description}
2030
2031\begin{verbatim}
2032        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
2033\end{verbatim}
2034
2035\begin{description}
2036\item[8 ] Close and DELETE a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit.
2037    This routine may be  useful in cases where a FITS file is created, but
2038   an error occurs which prevents the complete file from being written.
2039\end{description}
2040
2041\begin{verbatim}
2042        FTDELT(unit, > status)
2043\end{verbatim}
2044
2045\begin{description}
2046\item[9 ] Get the value of an unused I/O unit number which may then be used
2047    as input to FTOPEN or FTINIT.  This routine searches for the first
2048    unused unit number in the range from with 99 down to 50.   This
2049    routine just keeps an internal list of the allocated unit numbers
2050    and does not physically check that the Fortran unit is available (to be
2051    compatible with the SPP version of FITSIO).  Thus users must not
2052    independently allocate any unit numbers in the range 50 - 99
2053    if this routine is also to be used in the same program.  This
2054    routine is provided for convenience only, and it is not required
2055   that the unit numbers used by FITSIO be allocated by this routine.
2056\end{description}
2057
2058\begin{verbatim}
2059        FTGIOU( > iounit, status)
2060\end{verbatim}
2061
2062\begin{description}
2063\item[10]  Free (deallocate) an I/O unit number which was previously allocated
2064    with FTGIOU.   All previously allocated unit numbers may be
2065   deallocated at once by calling FTFIOU with iounit = -1.
2066\end{description}
2067
2068\begin{verbatim}
2069        FTFIOU(iounit, > status)
2070\end{verbatim}
2071
2072\begin{description}
2073\item[11]  Return the Fortran unit number that corresponds to the C fitsfile
2074pointer value, or vice versa.  These 2 C routines may be useful in
2075mixed language programs where both C and Fortran subroutines need
2076to access the same file.  For example, if a FITS file is opened
2077with unit 12 by a Fortran subroutine, then a C routine within the
2078same program could get the fitfile pointer value to access the same file
2079by calling  'fptr = CUnit2FITS(12)'.  These routines return a value
2080of zero if an error occurs.
2081\end{description}
2082
2083\begin{verbatim}
2084      int       CFITS2Unit(fitsfile *ptr);
2085      fitsfile* CUnit2FITS(int unit);
2086\end{verbatim}
2087
2088
2089\begin{description}
2090\item[11]  Parse the input filename and return the HDU number that would be
2091moved to if the file were opened with FTNOPN.    The returned HDU
2092number begins with 1 for the primary array, so for example, if the
2093input filename = `myfile.fits[2]' then hdunum = 3 will be returned.
2094FITSIO does not open the file to check if the extension actually exists
2095if an extension number is specified. If an extension *name* is included
2096in the file name specification (e.g.  `myfile.fits[EVENTS]' then this
2097routine will have to open the FITS file and look for the position of
2098the named extension, then close file again.  This is not possible if
2099the file is being read from the stdin stream, and an error will be
2100returned in this case.  If the filename does not specify an explicit
2101extension (e.g. 'myfile.fits') then hdunum = -99 will be returned,
2102which is functionally equivalent to hdunum = 1. This routine is mainly
2103used for backward compatibility in the ftools software package and is
2104not recommended for general use.  It is generally better and more
2105efficient to first open the FITS file with FTNOPN, then use FTGHDN to
2106determine which HDU in the file has been opened, rather than calling
2107 FTEXTN followed by a call to FTNOPN.
2108\end{description}
2109
2110\begin{verbatim}
2111        FTEXTN(filename, > nhdu, status)
2112\end{verbatim}
2113
2114\begin{description}
2115\item[12] Return the name of the opened FITS file.
2116\end{description}
2117
2118\begin{verbatim}
2119        FTFLNM(unit, > filename, status)
2120\end{verbatim}
2121
2122\begin{description}
2123\item[13] Return the I/O mode of the open FITS file (READONLY = 0, READWRITE = 1).
2124\end{description}
2125
2126\begin{verbatim}
2127        FTFLMD(unit, > iomode, status)
2128\end{verbatim}
2129
2130\begin{description}
2131\item[14] Return the file type of the opened FITS file (e.g. 'file://', 'ftp://',
2132  etc.).
2133\end{description}
2134
2135\begin{verbatim}
2136        FTURLT(unit, > urltype, status)
2137\end{verbatim}
2138
2139\begin{description}
2140\item[15]  Parse the input filename or URL into its component parts: the file
2141type (file://, ftp://, http://, etc), the base input file name, the
2142name of the output file that the input file is to be copied to prior
2143to opening, the HDU or extension specification, the filtering
2144specifier, the binning specifier, and the column specifier.  Blank
2145strings will be returned for any components that are not present
2146in the input file name.
2147\end{description}
2148
2149\begin{verbatim}
2150       FTIURL(filename, > filetype, infile, outfile, extspec, filter,
2151               binspec, colspec, status)
2152\end{verbatim}
2153
2154\begin{description}
2155\item[16] Parse the input file name and return the root file name.  The root
2156name includes the file type if specified, (e.g.  'ftp://' or 'http://')
2157and the full path name, to the extent that it is specified in the input
2158filename.  It does not include the HDU name or number, or any filtering
2159specifications.
2160\end{description}
2161
2162\begin{verbatim}
2163       FTRTNM(filename, > rootname, status)
2164\end{verbatim}
2165
2166
2167\begin{description}
2168\item[16] Test if the input file or a compressed version of the file (with
2169a .gz, .Z, .z, or .zip extension) exists on disk.  The returned value of
2170the 'exists' parameter will have 1 of the 4 following values:
2171
2172\begin{verbatim}
2173   2:  the file does not exist, but a compressed version does exist
2174   1:  the disk file does exist
2175   0:  neither the file nor a compressed version of the file exist
2176  -1:  the input file name is not a disk file (could be a ftp, http,
2177       smem, or mem file, or a file piped in on the STDIN stream)
2178\end{verbatim}
2179
2180\end{description}
2181
2182\begin{verbatim}
2183      FTEXIST(filename, > exists, status);
2184\end{verbatim}
2185
2186\section{HDU-Level Operations \label{FTMAHD}}
2187
2188When a FITS file is first opened or created, the internal buffers in
2189FITSIO automatically point to the first HDU in the file.  The following
2190routines may be used to move to another HDU in the file.  Note that
2191the HDU numbering convention used in FITSIO  denotes the primary array
2192as the first HDU, the first extension in a FITS file is the second HDU,
2193and so on.
2194
2195
2196\begin{description}
2197\item[1 ] Move to a specified (absolute) HDU in the FITS file (nhdu = 1 for the
2198   FITS primary array)
2199\end{description}
2200
2201\begin{verbatim}
2202        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
2203\end{verbatim}
2204
2205\begin{description}
2206\item[2 ]Move to a new (existing) HDU forward or backwards relative to the CHDU
2207\end{description}
2208
2209\begin{verbatim}
2210        FTMRHD(unit,nmove, > hdutype,status)
2211\end{verbatim}
2212
2213\begin{description}
2214\item[3 ] Move to the (first) HDU which has the specified extension type and
2215    EXTNAME (or HDUNAME) and EXTVER keyword values.  The hdutype parameter
2216    may have
2217    a value of IMAGE\_HDU (0), ASCII\_TBL (1), BINARY\_TBL (2), or ANY\_HDU (-1)
2218    where ANY\_HDU means that only the extname and extver values will be
2219    used to locate the correct extension.  If the input value of
2220    extver is 0 then the EXTVER keyword is ignored and the first HDU
2221    with a matching EXTNAME (or HDUNAME) keyword will be found.  If no
2222    matching HDU is found in the file then the current HDU will remain
2223    unchanged
2224   and a status = BAD\_HDU\_NUM (301) will be returned.
2225\end{description}
2226
2227\begin{verbatim}
2228        FTMNHD(unit, hdutype, extname, extver, > status)
2229\end{verbatim}
2230
2231\begin{description}
2232\item[4 ]Get the number of the current HDU in the FITS file (primary array = 1)
2233\end{description}
2234
2235\begin{verbatim}
2236        FTGHDN(unit, > nhdu)
2237\end{verbatim}
2238
2239\begin{description}
2240\item[5 ] Return the type of the current HDU in the FITS file.  The possible
2241   values for hdutype are IMAGE\_HDU (0), ASCII\_TBL (1), or BINARY\_TBL (2).
2242\end{description}
2243
2244\begin{verbatim}
2245        FTGHDT(unit, > hdutype, status)
2246\end{verbatim}
2247
2248\begin{description}
2249\item[6 ] Return the total number of HDUs in the FITS file.
2250   The CHDU remains unchanged.
2251\end{description}
2252
2253\begin{verbatim}
2254        FTTHDU(unit, > hdunum, status)
2255\end{verbatim}
2256
2257\begin{description}
2258\item[7 ]Create (append) a new empty HDU at the end of the FITS file.  This
2259    new HDU becomes the Current HDU, but it is completely empty and contains
2260    no header keywords or data.  It is recommended that FTIIMG, FTITAB or
2261   FTIBIN be used instead of this routine.
2262\end{description}
2263
2264\begin{verbatim}
2265        FTCRHD(unit, > status)
2266\end{verbatim}
2267
2268
2269\begin{description}
2270\item[8 ] Create a primary array (if none already exists), or insert a
2271    new IMAGE extension immediately following the CHDU, or
2272    insert a new Primary Array at the beginning of the file.  Any
2273    following extensions in the file will be shifted down to make room
2274    for the new extension.  If the CHDU is the last HDU in the file
2275    then the new image extension will simply be appended to the end of
2276    the file.   One can force a new primary array to be inserted at the
2277    beginning of the FITS file by setting status = -9 prior
2278    to calling the routine.  In this case the existing primary array will be
2279    converted to an IMAGE extension. The new extension (or primary
2280    array) will become the CHDU.  The FTIIMGLL routine is identical
2281    to the FTIIMG routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
2282    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
2283   of 32-bit integers.
2284\end{description}
2285
2286\begin{verbatim}
2287        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
2288        FTIIMGLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll, > status)
2289\end{verbatim}
2290
2291\begin{description}
2292\item[9 ] Insert a new ASCII TABLE extension immediately following the CHDU.
2293    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
2294    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
2295    then the new table extension will simply be appended to the
2296    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTITABLL
2297    routine is identical
2298    to the FTITAB routine except that the 2nd and 3rd parameters (that give
2299    the size of the table) are 64-bit integers rather than
2300   32-bit integers.
2301\end{description}
2302
2303\begin{verbatim}
2304        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
2305               status)
2306        FTITABLL(unit,rowlenll,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
2307               status)
2308\end{verbatim}
2309
2310
2311\begin{description}
2312\item[10]  Insert a new binary table extension immediately following the CHDU.
2313    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
2314    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
2315    then the new bintable extension will simply be appended to the
2316    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTIBINLL
2317    routine is identical
2318    to the FTIBIN routine except that the 2nd parameter (that gives
2319    the length of the table) is a 64-bit integer rather than
2320   a 32-bit integer.
2321\end{description}
2322
2323\begin{verbatim}
2324        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
2325        FTIBINLL(unit,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
2326
2327\end{verbatim}
2328
2329
2330\begin{description}
2331\item[11]  Resize an image by modifing the size, dimensions, and/or datatype of the
2332    current primary array or image extension. If the new image, as specified
2333    by the input arguments, is larger than the current existing image
2334    in the FITS file then zero fill data will be inserted at the end
2335    of the current image and any following extensions will be moved
2336    further back in the file.  Similarly, if the new image is
2337    smaller than the current image then any following extensions
2338    will be shifted up towards the beginning of the FITS file
2339    and the image data will be truncated to the new size.
2340    This routine rewrites the BITPIX, NAXIS, and NAXISn keywords
2341    with the appropriate values for new image. The FTRSIMLL routine is identical
2342    to the FTRSIM routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
2343    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
2344   of 32-bit integers.
2345\end{description}
2346
2347\begin{verbatim}
2348        FTRSIM(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
2349        FTRSIMLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll,status)
2350\end{verbatim}
2351
2352\begin{description}
2353\item[12] Delete the CHDU in the FITS file.  Any following HDUs will be shifted
2354    forward in the file, to fill in the gap created by the deleted
2355    HDU.  In the case of deleting the primary array (the first HDU in
2356    the file) then the current primary array will be replace by a null
2357    primary array containing the minimum set of required keywords and
2358    no data.  If there are more extensions in the file following the
2359    one that is deleted, then the the CHDU will be redefined to point
2360    to the following extension.  If there are no following extensions
2361    then the CHDU will be redefined to point to the previous HDU.  The
2362    output HDUTYPE parameter indicates the type of the new CHDU after
2363   the previous CHDU has been deleted.
2364\end{description}
2365
2366\begin{verbatim}
2367        FTDHDU(unit, > hdutype,status)
2368\end{verbatim}
2369
2370\begin{description}
2371\item[13]  Copy all or part of the input FITS file and append it
2372    to the end of the output FITS file.  If 'previous' (an integer parameter) is
2373    not equal to 0, then any HDUs preceding the current HDU in the input file
2374    will be copied to the output file.  Similarly, 'current' and 'following'
2375    determine whether the current HDU, and/or any following HDUs in the input
2376    file will be copied to the output file. If all 3 parameters are not equal
2377    to zero, then the entire input file will be copied.  On return, the current
2378    HDU in the input file will be unchanged, and the last copied HDU will be the
2379   current HDU in the output file.
2380\end{description}
2381
2382\begin{verbatim}
2383        FTCPFL(iunit, ounit, previous, current, following, > status)
2384\end{verbatim}
2385
2386\begin{description}
2387\item[14] Copy the entire CHDU from the FITS file associated with IUNIT to the CHDU
2388    of the FITS file associated with OUNIT. The output HDU must be empty and
2389    not already contain any keywords.  Space will be reserved for MOREKEYS
2390    additional  keywords in the output header if there is not already enough
2391   space.
2392\end{description}
2393
2394\begin{verbatim}
2395        FTCOPY(iunit,ounit,morekeys, > status)
2396\end{verbatim}
2397
2398\begin{description}
2399\item[15] Copy the header (and not the data) from the CHDU associated with inunit
2400    to the CHDU associated with outunit.  If the current output HDU
2401    is not completely empty, then the CHDU will be closed and a new
2402    HDU will be appended to the output file.  This routine will automatically
2403    transform the necessary keywords when copying a primary array to
2404    and image extension, or an image extension to a primary array.
2405   An empty output data unit will be created (all values = 0).
2406\end{description}
2407
2408\begin{verbatim}
2409        FTCPHD(inunit, outunit, > status)
2410\end{verbatim}
2411
2412\begin{description}
2413\item[16] Copy just the data from the CHDU associated with IUNIT
2414    to the CHDU associated with OUNIT. This will overwrite
2415    any data previously in the OUNIT CHDU.  This low level routine is used
2416    by FTCOPY, but it may also be useful in certain application programs
2417    which want to copy the data from one FITS file to another but also
2418    want to modify the header keywords in the process. all the required
2419    header keywords must be written to the OUNIT CHDU before calling
2420   this routine
2421\end{description}
2422
2423\begin{verbatim}
2424        FTCPDT(iunit,ounit, > status)
2425\end{verbatim}
2426
2427
2428\section{Define or Redefine the structure of the CHDU \label{FTRDEF}}
2429
2430It should rarely be necessary to call the subroutines in this section.
2431FITSIO internally calls these routines whenever necessary, so any calls
2432to these routines by application programs will likely be redundant.
2433
2434
2435\begin{description}
2436\item[1 ] This routine forces FITSIO to scan the current header keywords that
2437    define the structure of the HDU (such as the NAXISn, PCOUNT and GCOUNT
2438    keywords) so that it can initialize the internal buffers that describe
2439    the HDU structure.  This routine may be used instead of the more
2440    complicated calls to ftpdef, ftadef or ftbdef.  This routine is
2441    also very useful for reinitializing the structure of an HDU,
2442    if the number of rows in a table, as specified by the NAXIS2 keyword,
2443   has been modified from its initial value.
2444\end{description}
2445
2446\begin{verbatim}
2447        FTRDEF(unit, > status)   (DEPRECATED)
2448\end{verbatim}
2449
2450\begin{description}
2451\item[2 ]Define the structure of the primary array or IMAGE extension.  When
2452   writing GROUPed FITS files that by convention set the NAXIS1 keyword
2453   equal to 0, ftpdef must be called with naxes(1) = 1, NOT 0, otherwise
2454   FITSIO will report an error status=308 when trying to write data
2455   to a group. Note: it is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather
2456  than this routine.
2457\end{description}
2458
2459\begin{verbatim}
2460        FTPDEF(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
2461\end{verbatim}
2462
2463\begin{description}
2464\item[3 ] Define the structure of an ASCII table (TABLE) extension. Note: it
2465   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2466\end{description}
2467
2468\begin{verbatim}
2469        FTADEF(unit,rowlen,tfields,tbcol,tform,nrows > status) (DEPRECATED)
2470\end{verbatim}
2471
2472\begin{description}
2473\item[4 ] Define the structure of a binary table (BINTABLE) extension. Note: it
2474   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2475\end{description}
2476
2477\begin{verbatim}
2478        FTBDEF(unit,tfields,tform,varidat,nrows > status) (DEPRECATED)
2479\end{verbatim}
2480
2481\begin{description}
2482\item[5 ] Define the size of the Current Data Unit, overriding the length
2483    of the data unit as previously defined by ftpdef, ftadef, or ftbdef.
2484    This is useful if one does not know the total size of the data unit until
2485    after the data have been written.  The size (in bytes) of an ASCII or
2486    Binary table is given by NAXIS1 * NAXIS2.  (Note that to determine the
2487    value of NAXIS1 it is often more convenient to read the value of the
2488    NAXIS1 keyword from the output file, rather than computing the row
2489    length directly from all the TFORM keyword values).  Note: it
2490   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2491\end{description}
2492
2493\begin{verbatim}
2494        FTDDEF(unit,bytlen, > status) (DEPRECATED)
2495\end{verbatim}
2496
2497\begin{description}
2498\item[6 ] Define the zero indexed byte offset of the 'heap' measured from
2499    the start of the binary table data.  By default the heap is assumed
2500    to start immediately following the regular table data, i.e., at
2501    location NAXIS1 x NAXIS2.  This routine is only relevant for
2502    binary tables which contain variable length array columns (with
2503    TFORMn = 'Pt').  This subroutine also automatically writes
2504    the value of theap to a keyword in the extension header.  This
2505    subroutine must be called after the required keywords have been
2506    written (with ftphbn) and after the table structure has been defined
2507   (with ftbdef) but before any data is written to the table.
2508\end{description}
2509
2510\begin{verbatim}
2511        FTPTHP(unit,theap, > status)
2512\end{verbatim}
2513
2514
2515\section{FITS Header I/O Subroutines}
2516
2517
2518\subsection{Header Space and Position Routines \label{FTHDEF}}
2519
2520
2521\begin{description}
2522\item[1 ] Reserve space in the CHU for MOREKEYS more header keywords.
2523    This subroutine may be called to reserve space for keywords which are
2524    to be written at a later time, after the data unit or subsequent
2525    extensions have been written to the FITS file.  If this subroutine is
2526    not explicitly called, then the initial size of the FITS header will be
2527    limited to the space available at the time that  the first data is written
2528    to the associated data unit.   FITSIO has the ability to dynamically
2529    add more space to the header if needed, however it is more efficient
2530   to preallocate the required space if the size is known in advance.
2531\end{description}
2532
2533\begin{verbatim}
2534        FTHDEF(unit,morekeys, > status)
2535\end{verbatim}
2536
2537\begin{description}
2538\item[2 ] Return the number of existing keywords in the CHU (NOT including the
2539    END keyword which is not considered a real keyword) and the remaining
2540    space available to write additional keywords in the CHU.  (returns
2541    KEYSADD = -1 if the header has not yet been closed).
2542    Note that FITSIO will attempt to dynamically add space for more
2543   keywords if required when appending new keywords to a header.
2544\end{description}
2545
2546\begin{verbatim}
2547        FTGHSP(iunit, > keysexist,keysadd,status)
2548\end{verbatim}
2549
2550\begin{description}
2551\item[3 ] Return the number of keywords in the header and the current position
2552    in the header.  This returns the number of the keyword record that
2553    will be read next (or one greater than the position of the last keyword
2554    that was read or written). A value of 1 is returned if the pointer is
2555   positioned at the beginning of the header.
2556\end{description}
2557
2558\begin{verbatim}
2559        FTGHPS(iunit, > keysexist,key_no,status)
2560\end{verbatim}
2561
2562\subsection{Read or Write Standard Header Routines \label{FTPHPR}}
2563
2564These subroutines provide a simple method of reading or writing most of
2565the keyword values that are normally required in a FITS files.  These
2566subroutines are provided for convenience only and are not required to
2567be used.  If preferred, users may call the lower-level subroutines
2568described in the previous section to individually read or write the
2569required keywords.  Note that in most cases, the required keywords such
2570as NAXIS, TFIELD, TTYPEn, etc, which define the structure of the HDU
2571must be written to the header before any data can be written to the
2572image or table.
2573
2574
2575\begin{description}
2576\item[1 ] Put the primary header or IMAGE extension keywords into the CHU.
2577There are 2 available routines: The simpler FTPHPS routine is
2578equivalent to calling ftphpr with the default values of SIMPLE = true,
2579pcount = 0, gcount = 1, and EXTEND = true.  PCOUNT, GCOUNT and EXTEND
2580keywords are not required in the primary header and are only written if
2581pcount is not equal to zero, gcount is not equal to zero or one, and if
2582extend is TRUE, respectively.  When writing to an IMAGE extension, the
2583SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are ignored.
2584\end{description}
2585
2586\begin{verbatim}
2587        FTPHPS(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
2588
2589        FTPHPR(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend, > status)
2590\end{verbatim}
2591
2592\begin{description}
2593\item[2 ] Get primary header or IMAGE extension keywords from the CHU.  When
2594    reading from an IMAGE extension the SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are
2595   ignored.
2596\end{description}
2597
2598\begin{verbatim}
2599        FTGHPR(unit,maxdim, > simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend,
2600               status)
2601\end{verbatim}
2602
2603\begin{description}
2604\item[3 ] Put the ASCII table header keywords into the CHU. The optional
2605TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input string
2606values are not blank.
2607\end{description}
2608
2609\begin{verbatim}
2610        FTPHTB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
2611               status)
2612\end{verbatim}
2613
2614\begin{description}
2615\item[4 ] Get the ASCII table header keywords from the CHU
2616\end{description}
2617
2618\begin{verbatim}
2619        FTGHTB(unit,maxdim, > rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,
2620               extname,status)
2621\end{verbatim}
2622
2623\begin{description}
2624\item[5 ]Put the binary table header keywords into the CHU. The optional
2625   TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input string
2626   values are not blank.  The pcount parameter, which specifies the
2627   size of the variable length array heap, should initially = 0;
2628   FITSIO will automatically update the PCOUNT keyword value if any
2629   variable length array data is written to the heap.  The TFORM keyword
2630   value for variable length vector columns should have the form 'Pt(len)'
2631   or '1Pt(len)' where `t' is the data type code letter (A,I,J,E,D, etc.)
2632   and  `len' is an integer specifying the maximum length of the vectors
2633   in that column (len must be greater than or equal to the longest
2634   vector in the column).  If `len' is not specified when the table is
2635   created (e.g., the input TFORMn value is just '1Pt') then FITSIO will
2636   scan the column when the table is first closed and will append the
2637   maximum length to the TFORM keyword value.  Note that if the table
2638   is subsequently modified to increase the maximum length of the vectors
2639   then the modifying program is responsible for also updating the TFORM
2640  keyword value.
2641\end{description}
2642
2643
2644\begin{verbatim}
2645        FTPHBN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat, > status)
2646\end{verbatim}
2647
2648\begin{description}
2649\item[6 ]Get the binary table header keywords from the CHU
2650\end{description}
2651
2652\begin{verbatim}
2653        FTGHBN(unit,maxdim, > nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat,
2654               status)
2655\end{verbatim}
2656
2657\subsection{Write Keyword Subroutines \label{FTPREC}}
2658
2659
2660\begin{description}
2661\item[1 ]Put (append) an 80-character record into the CHU.
2662\end{description}
2663
2664\begin{verbatim}
2665        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
2666\end{verbatim}
2667
2668\begin{description}
2669\item[2 ] Put (append) a COMMENT keyword into the CHU.  Multiple COMMENT keywords
2670   will be written if the input comment string is longer than 72 characters.
2671\end{description}
2672
2673\begin{verbatim}
2674        FTPCOM(unit,comment, > status)
2675\end{verbatim}
2676
2677\begin{description}
2678\item[3 ]Put (append) a HISTORY keyword into the CHU.  Multiple HISTORY keywords
2679   will be written if the input history string is longer than 72 characters.
2680\end{description}
2681
2682\begin{verbatim}
2683        FTPHIS(unit,history, > status)
2684\end{verbatim}
2685
2686\begin{description}
2687\item[4 ] Put (append) the DATE keyword into the CHU.  The keyword value will contain
2688    the current system date as a character string in 'dd/mm/yy' format. If
2689    a DATE keyword already exists in the header, then this subroutine will
2690   simply update the keyword value in-place with the current date.
2691\end{description}
2692
2693\begin{verbatim}
2694        FTPDAT(unit, > status)
2695\end{verbatim}
2696
2697\begin{description}
2698\item[5 ] Put (append) a new keyword of the appropriate datatype into the CHU.
2699    Note that FTPKYS will only write string values up to 68 characters in
2700    length; longer strings will be truncated.  The FTPKLS routine can be
2701    used to write longer strings, using a non-standard FITS convention.
2702     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
2703     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
2704     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
2705     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
2706     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
2707     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
2708    depending on the magnitude of the value.
2709\end{description}
2710
2711\begin{verbatim}
2712        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2713        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2714\end{verbatim}
2715
2716\begin{description}
2717\item[6 ] Put (append) a string valued keyword into the CHU which may be longer
2718    than 68 characters in length.  This uses the Long String Keyword
2719    convention that is described in the "Usage Guidelines and Suggestions"
2720    section of this document.  Since this uses a non-standard FITS
2721    convention to encode the long keyword string, programs which use
2722    this routine should also call the FTPLSW routine to add some COMMENT
2723    keywords to warn users of the FITS file that this convention is
2724    being used.  FTPLSW also writes a keyword called LONGSTRN to record
2725    the version of the longstring convention that has been used, in case
2726    a new convention is adopted at some point in the future.   If the
2727    LONGSTRN keyword is already present in the header, then FTPLSW will
2728   simply return and will not write duplicate keywords.
2729\end{description}
2730
2731\begin{verbatim}
2732        FTPKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2733        FTPLSW(unit, > status)
2734\end{verbatim}
2735
2736\begin{description}
2737\item[7 ] Put (append) a new keyword with an undefined, or null, value into the CHU.
2738   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
2739\end{description}
2740
2741\begin{verbatim}
2742        FTPKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2743\end{verbatim}
2744
2745\begin{description}
2746\item[8 ] Put (append) a numbered sequence of keywords into the CHU.   One may
2747    append the same comment to every keyword (and eliminate the need
2748    to have an array of identical comment strings, one for each keyword) by
2749    including the ampersand character as the last non-blank character in the
2750    (first) COMMENTS string parameter.  This same string
2751    will then be used for the comment field in all the keywords. (Note
2752    that the SPP version of these routines only supports a single comment
2753   string).
2754\end{description}
2755
2756\begin{verbatim}
2757        FTPKN[JKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,comments, > status)
2758        FTPKN[EDFG](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,decimals,comments, >
2759                   status)
2760\end{verbatim}
2761
2762\begin{description}
2763\item[9 ]Copy an indexed keyword from one HDU to another, modifying
2764    the index number of the keyword name in the process.  For example,
2765    this routine could read the TLMIN3 keyword from the input HDU
2766    (by giving keyroot = "TLMIN" and innum = 3) and write it to the
2767    output HDU with the keyword name TLMIN4 (by setting outnum = 4).
2768    If the input keyword does not exist, then this routine simply
2769   returns without indicating an error.
2770\end{description}
2771
2772\begin{verbatim}
2773        FTCPKY(inunit, outunit, innum, outnum, keyroot, > status)
2774\end{verbatim}
2775
2776\begin{description}
2777\item[10] Put (append) a 'triple precision' keyword into the CHU in F28.16 format.
2778    The floating point keyword value is constructed by concatenating the
2779    input integer value with the input double precision fraction value
2780    (which must have a value between 0.0 and 1.0). The FTGKYT routine should
2781    be used to read this keyword value, because the other keyword reading
2782   subroutines will not preserve the full precision of the value.
2783\end{description}
2784
2785\begin{verbatim}
2786        FTPKYT(unit,keyword,intval,dblval,comment, > status)
2787\end{verbatim}
2788
2789\begin{description}
2790\item[11] Write keywords to the CHDU that are defined in an ASCII template file.
2791   The format of the template file is described under the ftgthd
2792  routine below.
2793\end{description}
2794
2795\begin{verbatim}
2796        FTPKTP(unit, filename, > status)
2797\end{verbatim}
2798
2799\begin{description}
2800\item[12] Append the physical units string to an existing keyword.  This
2801    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
2802    in which the keyword units are enclosed in square brackets in the
2803   beginning of the keyword comment field.
2804\end{description}
2805
2806
2807\begin{verbatim}
2808     VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed
2809
2810        FTPUNT(unit,keyword,units, > status)
2811\end{verbatim}
2812
2813\subsection{Insert Keyword Subroutines \label{FTIREC}}
2814
2815
2816\begin{description}
2817\item[1 ] Insert a new keyword record into the CHU at the specified position
2818    (i.e., immediately preceding the (keyno)th keyword in the header.)
2819    This 'insert record' subroutine is somewhat less efficient
2820    then the 'append record' subroutine (FTPREC) described above because
2821   the remaining keywords in the header have to be shifted down one slot.
2822\end{description}
2823
2824\begin{verbatim}
2825        FTIREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
2826\end{verbatim}
2827
2828\begin{description}
2829\item[2 ] Insert a new keyword into the CHU.  The new keyword is inserted
2830    immediately following the last keyword that has been read from the header.
2831    The FTIKLS subroutine works the same as the FTIKYS subroutine, except
2832    it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
2833    These 'insert keyword' subroutines are somewhat less efficient then
2834    the 'append keyword' subroutines described above because the remaining
2835   keywords in the header have to be shifted down one slot.
2836\end{description}
2837
2838\begin{verbatim}
2839        FTIKEY(unit, card, > status)
2840        FTIKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2841        FTIKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2842        FTIKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2843\end{verbatim}
2844
2845\begin{description}
2846\item[3 ] Insert a new keyword with an undefined, or null, value into the CHU.
2847   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
2848\end{description}
2849
2850\begin{verbatim}
2851        FTIKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2852\end{verbatim}
2853
2854\subsection{Read Keyword Subroutines \label{FTGREC}}
2855
2856These routines return the value of the specified keyword(s).  Wild card
2857characters (*, ?, or \#) may be used when specifying the name of the keyword
2858to be read: a '?' will match any single character at that position in the
2859keyword name and a '*' will match any length (including zero) string of
2860characters.  The '\#' character will match any consecutive string of
2861decimal digits (0 - 9). Note that when a wild card is used in the input
2862keyword name, the routine will only search for a match from the current
2863header position to the end of the header.  It will not resume the search
2864from the top of the header back to the original header position as is done
2865when no wildcards are included in the keyword name.  If the desired
2866keyword string is 8-characters long (the maximum length of a keyword
2867name) then a '*' may be appended as the ninth character of the input
2868name to force the keyword search to stop at the end of the header
2869(e.g., 'COMMENT *' will search for the next COMMENT keyword).  The
2870ffgrec routine may be used to set the starting position when doing
2871wild card searches.
2872
2873
2874\begin{description}
2875\item[1 ]Get the nth 80-character header record from the CHU.  The first keyword
2876   in the header is at key\_no = 1;  if key\_no = 0 then this subroutine
2877   simple moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the header
2878   so that subsequent keyword operations will start at the top of
2879  the header; it also returns a blank card value in this case.
2880\end{description}
2881
2882\begin{verbatim}
2883        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
2884\end{verbatim}
2885
2886\begin{description}
2887\item[2 ] Get the name, value (as a string), and comment of the nth keyword in CHU.
2888    This routine also checks that the returned keyword name (KEYWORD) contains
2889    only legal ASCII characters.  Call FTGREC and FTPSVC to bypass this error
2890   check.
2891\end{description}
2892
2893\begin{verbatim}
2894        FTGKYN(unit,key_no, > keyword,value,comment,status)
2895\end{verbatim}
2896
2897\begin{description}
2898\item[3 ] Get the 80-character header record for the named keyword
2899\end{description}
2900
2901\begin{verbatim}
2902        FTGCRD(unit,keyword, > card,status)
2903\end{verbatim}
2904
2905\begin{description}
2906\item[4 ] Get the next keyword whose name matches one of the strings in
2907    'inclist' but does not match any of the strings in 'exclist'.
2908    The strings in inclist and exclist may contain wild card characters
2909    (*, ?, and \#) as described at the beginning of this section.
2910    This routine searches from the current header position to the
2911    end of the header, only, and does not continue the search from
2912    the top of the header back to the original position.  The current
2913    header position may be reset with the ftgrec routine.  Note
2914    that nexc may be set = 0 if there are no keywords to be excluded.
2915    This routine returns status = 202 if a matching
2916   keyword is not found.
2917\end{description}
2918
2919\begin{verbatim}
2920        FTGNXK(unit,inclist,ninc,exclist,nexc, > card,status)
2921\end{verbatim}
2922
2923\begin{description}
2924\item[5 ]  Get the literal keyword value as a character string.  Regardless
2925     of the datatype of the keyword, this routine simply returns the
2926     string of characters in the value field of the keyword along with
2927    the comment field.
2928\end{description}
2929
2930\begin{verbatim}
2931        FTGKEY(unit,keyword, > value,comment,status)
2932\end{verbatim}
2933
2934\begin{description}
2935\item[6 ] Get a keyword value (with the appropriate datatype) and comment from
2936   the CHU
2937\end{description}
2938
2939\begin{verbatim}
2940        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
2941\end{verbatim}
2942
2943\begin{description}
2944\item[7 ] Read a string-valued keyword and return the string length, the value string,
2945    and/or the comment field. The first routine, FTGKSL, simply
2946    returns the length of the character string value of the specified keyword.
2947    The second routine, FTGSKY, also returns up to maxchar characters
2948    of the keyword value string, starting with the firstchar character,
2949    and the keyword comment string.
2950    The length argument returns the total length of the keyword value string
2951    regardless of how much of the string is actually returned (which
2952    depends on the value of the firstchar and maxchar arguments).  These
2953    routines support string keywords that use the CONTINUE convention to
2954    continue long string values over multiple FITS header records.  Normally,
2955    string-valued keywords have a maximum length of 68 characters, however,
2956   CONTINUE'd string keywords may be arbitrarily long.
2957\end{description}
2958
2959\begin{verbatim}
2960       FTGKSL(unit,keyword, > length,status)
2961       FTGSKY(unit,keyword,firstchar,maxchar,> keyval,length,comment,status)
2962\end{verbatim}
2963
2964\begin{description}
2965\item[8 ] Get a sequence of numbered keyword values.  These
2966   routines do not support wild card characters in the root name.
2967\end{description}
2968
2969\begin{verbatim}
2970        FTGKN[EDJKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,max_keys, > keyvals,nfound,status)
2971\end{verbatim}
2972
2973\begin{description}
2974\item[9 ] Get the value of a floating point keyword, returning the integer and
2975    fractional parts of the value in separate subroutine arguments.
2976    This subroutine may be used to read any keyword but is especially
2977   useful for reading the 'triple precision' keywords written by FTPKYT.
2978\end{description}
2979
2980\begin{verbatim}
2981        FTGKYT(unit,keyword, > intval,dblval,comment,status)
2982\end{verbatim}
2983
2984\begin{description}
2985\item[10]  Get the physical units string in an existing keyword.  This
2986    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
2987    in which the keyword units are
2988    enclosed in square brackets in the beginning of the keyword comment
2989    field.  A blank string is returned if no units are defined
2990    for the keyword.
2991\end{description}
2992
2993\begin{verbatim}
2994    VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed
2995
2996        FTGUNT(unit,keyword, > units,status)
2997\end{verbatim}
2998
2999\subsection{Modify Keyword Subroutines \label{FTMREC}}
3000
3001Wild card characters, as described in the Read Keyword section, above,
3002may be used when specifying the name of the keyword to be modified.
3003
3004
3005\begin{description}
3006\item[1 ] Modify (overwrite) the nth 80-character header record in the CHU
3007\end{description}
3008
3009\begin{verbatim}
3010        FTMREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
3011\end{verbatim}
3012
3013\begin{description}
3014\item[2 ] Modify (overwrite) the 80-character header record for the named keyword
3015    in the CHU.  This can be used to overwrite the name of the keyword as
3016   well as its value and comment fields.
3017\end{description}
3018
3019\begin{verbatim}
3020        FTMCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
3021\end{verbatim}
3022
3023\begin{description}
3024\item[3 ] Modify (overwrite) the name of an existing keyword in the CHU
3025   preserving the current value and comment fields.
3026\end{description}
3027
3028\begin{verbatim}
3029        FTMNAM(unit,oldkey,keyword, > status)
3030\end{verbatim}
3031
3032\begin{description}
3033\item[4 ] Modify (overwrite) the comment field of an existing keyword in the CHU
3034\end{description}
3035
3036\begin{verbatim}
3037        FTMCOM(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
3038\end{verbatim}
3039
3040\begin{description}
3041\item[5 ] Modify the value and comment fields of an existing keyword in the CHU.
3042    The FTMKLS subroutine works the same as the FTMKYS subroutine, except
3043    it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
3044    Optionally, one may modify only the value field and leave the comment
3045    field unchanged by setting the input COMMENT parameter equal to
3046    the ampersand character (\&).
3047     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
3048     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
3049     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
3050     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
3051     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
3052     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
3053    depending on the magnitude of the value.
3054\end{description}
3055
3056\begin{verbatim}
3057        FTMKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
3058        FTMKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
3059        FTMKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
3060\end{verbatim}
3061
3062\begin{description}
3063\item[6 ] Modify the value of an existing keyword to be undefined, or null.
3064    The value string of the keyword is set to blank.
3065    Optionally, one may leave the comment field unchanged by setting the
3066   input COMMENT parameter equal to the ampersand character (\&).
3067\end{description}
3068
3069\begin{verbatim}
3070        FTMKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
3071\end{verbatim}
3072
3073\subsection{Update Keyword Subroutines \label{FTUCRD}}
3074
3075
3076\begin{description}
3077\item[1 ] Update an 80-character record in the CHU.  If the specified keyword
3078    already exists then that header record will be replaced with
3079    the input CARD string.  If it does not exist then the new record will
3080    be added to the header.
3081    The FTUKLS subroutine works the same as the FTUKYS subroutine, except
3082   it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
3083\end{description}
3084
3085\begin{verbatim}
3086        FTUCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
3087\end{verbatim}
3088
3089\begin{description}
3090\item[2 ] Update the value and comment fields of a keyword in the CHU.
3091    The specified keyword is modified if it already exists (by calling
3092    FTMKYx) otherwise a new keyword is created by calling FTPKYx.
3093     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
3094     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
3095     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
3096     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
3097     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
3098     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
3099    depending on the magnitude of the value.
3100\end{description}
3101
3102\begin{verbatim}
3103        FTUKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
3104        FTUKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
3105        FTUKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
3106\end{verbatim}
3107
3108\begin{description}
3109\item[3 ] Update the value of an existing keyword to be undefined, or null,
3110    or insert a new undefined-value keyword if it doesn't already exist.
3111   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
3112\end{description}
3113
3114\begin{verbatim}
3115        FTUKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
3116\end{verbatim}
3117
3118\subsection{Delete Keyword Subroutines \label{FTDREC}}
3119
3120
3121\begin{description}
3122\item[1 ] Delete an existing keyword record.  The space previously occupied by
3123    the keyword is reclaimed by moving all the following header records up
3124    one row in the header.  The first routine deletes a keyword at a
3125    specified position in the header (the first keyword is at position 1),
3126    whereas the second routine deletes a specifically named keyword.
3127    Wild card characters, as described in the Read Keyword section, above,
3128    may be used when specifying the name of the keyword to be deleted
3129   (be careful!).
3130\end{description}
3131
3132\begin{verbatim}
3133        FTDREC(unit,key_no, > status)
3134        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
3135\end{verbatim}
3136
3137
3138\section{Data Scaling and Undefined Pixel Parameters  \label{FTPSCL}}
3139
3140These subroutines define or modify the internal parameters used by
3141FITSIO to either scale the data or to represent undefined pixels.
3142Generally FITSIO will scale the data according to the values of the BSCALE
3143and BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) keywords, however these subroutines
3144may be used to override the keyword values.  This may be useful when
3145one wants to read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS file.
3146Similarly, FITSIO generally uses the value of the BLANK or TNULLn
3147keyword to signify an undefined pixel, but these routines may be used
3148to override this value.  These subroutines do not create or modify the
3149corresponding header keyword values.
3150
3151
3152\begin{description}
3153\item[1 ] Reset the scaling factors in the primary array or image extension; does
3154    not change the BSCALE and BZERO keyword values and only affects the
3155    automatic scaling performed when the data elements are written/read
3156    to/from the FITS file.   When reading from a FITS file the returned
3157    data value = (the value given in the FITS array) * BSCALE + BZERO.
3158    The inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS
3159    file.  (NOTE: BSCALE and BZERO must be declared as Double Precision
3160   variables).
3161\end{description}
3162
3163\begin{verbatim}
3164        FTPSCL(unit,bscale,bzero, > status)
3165\end{verbatim}
3166
3167\begin{description}
3168\item[2 ] Reset the scaling parameters for a table column; does not change
3169    the TSCALn or TZEROn keyword values and only affects the automatic
3170    scaling performed when the data elements are written/read to/from
3171    the FITS file.  When reading from a FITS file the returned data
3172    value = (the value given in the FITS array) * TSCAL + TZERO.  The
3173    inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS file.
3174    (NOTE: TSCAL and TZERO  must be declared as Double Precision
3175   variables).
3176\end{description}
3177
3178\begin{verbatim}
3179        FTTSCL(unit,colnum,tscal,tzero, > status)
3180\end{verbatim}
3181
3182\begin{description}
3183\item[3 ] Define the integer value to be used to signify undefined pixels in the
3184    primary array or image extension.  This is only used if BITPIX = 8, 16,
3185    32. or 64  This does not create or change the value of the BLANK keyword in
3186    the header. FTPNULLL is identical to FTPNUL except that the blank
3187   value is a 64-bit integer instead of a 32-bit integer.
3188\end{description}
3189
3190\begin{verbatim}
3191        FTPNUL(unit,blank, > status)
3192        FTPNULLL(unit,blankll, > status)
3193\end{verbatim}
3194
3195\begin{description}
3196\item[4 ] Define the string to be used to signify undefined pixels in
3197    a column in an ASCII table.  This does not create or change the value
3198   of the TNULLn keyword.
3199\end{description}
3200
3201\begin{verbatim}
3202        FTSNUL(unit,colnum,snull > status)
3203\end{verbatim}
3204
3205\begin{description}
3206\item[5 ] Define the value to be used to signify undefined pixels in
3207    an integer column in a binary table (where TFORMn = 'B', 'I', 'J', or 'K').
3208    This does not create or  change the value of the TNULLn keyword.
3209    FTTNULLL is identical to FTTNUL except that the tnull
3210   value is a 64-bit integer instead of a 32-bit integer.
3211\end{description}
3212
3213\begin{verbatim}
3214        FTTNUL(unit,colnum,tnull > status)
3215        FTTNULLL(unit,colnum,tnullll > status)
3216\end{verbatim}
3217
3218
3219\section{FITS Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Subroutines \label{FTPPR}}
3220
3221    These subroutines put or get data values in the primary data array
3222(i.e., the first HDU in the FITS file) or an IMAGE extension.  The
3223data array is represented as a single one-dimensional array of
3224pixels regardless of the actual dimensionality of the array, and the
3225FPIXEL parameter gives the position within this 1-D array of the first
3226pixel to read  or write.  Automatic data type conversion is performed
3227for numeric data (except for complex data types) if the data type of
3228the primary array (defined by the BITPIX keyword) differs from the data
3229type of the array in the calling subroutine.  The data values are also
3230scaled by the BSCALE and BZERO header values as they are being written
3231or read from the FITS array.  The ftpscl subroutine MUST be
3232called to define the scaling parameters when writing data to the FITS
3233array or to override the default scaling value given in the header when
3234reading the FITS array.
3235
3236    Two sets of subroutines are provided to read the data array which
3237differ in the way undefined pixels are handled.  The first set of
3238routines (FTGPVx) simply return an array of data elements in which
3239undefined pixels are set equal to a value specified by the user in the
3240'nullval' parameter.  An additional feature of these subroutines is
3241that if the user sets nullval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels
3242will be performed, thus increasing the speed of the program.  The
3243second set of routines (FTGPFx) returns the data element array and, in
3244addition, a logical array which defines whether the corresponding data
3245pixel is undefined.  The latter set of subroutines may be more
3246convenient to use in some circumstances, however, it requires an
3247additional array of logical values which can be unwieldy when working
3248with large data arrays.  Also for programmer convenience, sets of
3249subroutines to directly read or write 2 and 3 dimensional arrays  have
3250been provided, as well as a set of subroutines to read or write any
3251contiguous rectangular subset of pixels within the n-dimensional array.
3252
3253
3254\begin{description}
3255\item[1 ] Get the data type of the image (= BITPIX value).  Possible returned
3256    values are: 8, 16, 32, 64, -32, or -64 corresponding to unsigned byte,
3257    signed 2-byte integer, signed 4-byte integer, signed 8-byte integer,
3258    real, and double.
3259
3260    The second subroutine is similar to FTGIDT, except that if the image
3261    pixel values are scaled, with non-default values for the BZERO and
3262    BSCALE keywords, then this routine will return the 'equivalent'
3263    data type that is needed to store the scaled values.  For example,
3264    if BITPIX = 16 and BSCALE = 0.1 then the equivalent data type is
3265    floating point, and -32 will be returned.  There are 2 special cases:
3266    if the image contains unsigned 2-byte integer values, with BITPIX =
3267    16, BSCALE = 1, and BZERO = 32768, then this routine will return
3268    a non-standard value of 20 for the bitpix value.  Similarly if the
3269    image contains unsigned 4-byte integers, then bitpix will
3270   be returned with a value of 40.
3271\end{description}
3272
3273
3274\begin{verbatim}
3275        FTGIDT(unit, > bitpix,status)
3276        FTGIET(unit, > bitpix,status)
3277\end{verbatim}
3278
3279\begin{description}
3280\item[2 ] Get the dimension (number of axes = NAXIS) of the image
3281\end{description}
3282
3283\begin{verbatim}
3284        FTGIDM(unit, > naxis,status)
3285\end{verbatim}
3286
3287\begin{description}
3288\item[3 ]  Get the size of all the dimensions of the image. The FTGISZLL
3289    routine returns an array of 64-bit integers instead of 32-bit integers.
3290\end{description}
3291
3292\begin{verbatim}
3293        FTGISZ(unit, maxdim, > naxes,status)
3294        FTGISZLL(unit, maxdim, > naxesll,status)
3295\end{verbatim}
3296
3297\begin{description}
3298\item[4 ]  Get the parameters that define the type and size of the image.  This
3299     routine simply combines calls to the above 3 routines. The FTGIPRLL
3300    routine returns an array of 64-bit integers instead of 32-bit integers.
3301\end{description}
3302
3303
3304\begin{verbatim}
3305        FTGIPR(unit, maxdim, > bitpix, naxis, naxes, int *status)
3306        FTGIPRLL(unit, maxdim, > bitpix, naxis, naxesll, int *status)
3307\end{verbatim}
3308
3309\begin{description}
3310\item[5 ]Put elements into the data array
3311\end{description}
3312
3313\begin{verbatim}
3314        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
3315\end{verbatim}
3316
3317\begin{description}
3318\item[6 ]Put elements into the data array, substituting the appropriate FITS null
3319   value for all elements which are equal to the value of NULLVAL.  For
3320   integer FITS arrays, the null value defined by the previous call to FTPNUL
3321   will be substituted;  for floating point FITS arrays (BITPIX = -32
3322   or -64) then the special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number) value will be
3323  substituted.
3324\end{description}
3325
3326\begin{verbatim}
3327        FTPPN[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values,nullval > status)
3328\end{verbatim}
3329
3330\begin{description}
3331\item[7 ]Set data array elements as undefined
3332\end{description}
3333
3334\begin{verbatim}
3335        FTPPRU(unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > status)
3336\end{verbatim}
3337
3338\begin{description}
3339\item[8 ] Get elements from the data array.  Undefined array elements will be
3340    returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0 in which case no
3341   checks for undefined pixels will be performed.
3342\end{description}
3343
3344\begin{verbatim}
3345        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
3346\end{verbatim}
3347
3348\begin{description}
3349\item[9 ] Get elements and nullflags from data array.
3350    Any undefined array elements will have the corresponding flagvals element
3351   set equal to .TRUE.
3352\end{description}
3353
3354\begin{verbatim}
3355        FTGPF[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > values,flagvals,anyf,status)
3356\end{verbatim}
3357
3358\begin{description}
3359\item[10]  Put values into group parameters
3360\end{description}
3361
3362\begin{verbatim}
3363        FTPGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm,values, > status)
3364\end{verbatim}
3365
3366\begin{description}
3367\item[11]  Get values from group parameters
3368\end{description}
3369
3370\begin{verbatim}
3371        FTGGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm, > values,status)
3372\end{verbatim}
3373The following 4 subroutines transfer FITS images with 2 or 3 dimensions
3374to or from a data array which has been declared in the calling program.
3375The dimensionality of the FITS image is passed by the naxis1, naxis2,
3376and naxis3 parameters and the declared dimensions of the program array
3377are passed in the dim1 and dim2 parameters.  Note that the program array
3378does not have to have the same dimensions as the FITS array, but must
3379be at least as big.  For example if a FITS image with NAXIS1 = NAXIS2 = 400
3380is read into a program array which is dimensioned as 512 x 512 pixels,
3381then the image will just fill the lower left corner of the array
3382with pixels in the range 1 - 400 in the X an Y directions.  This has
3383the effect of taking a contiguous set of pixel value in the FITS array
3384and writing them to a non-contiguous array in program memory
3385(i.e., there are now some blank pixels around the edge of the image
3386in the program array).
3387
3388
3389\begin{description}
3390\item[11]  Put 2-D image into the data array
3391\end{description}
3392
3393\begin{verbatim}
3394        FTP2D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,naxis1,naxis2,image, > status)
3395\end{verbatim}
3396
3397\begin{description}
3398\item[12]  Put 3-D cube into the data array
3399\end{description}
3400
3401\begin{verbatim}
3402        FTP3D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3,cube, > status)
3403\end{verbatim}
3404
3405\begin{description}
3406\item[13]  Get 2-D image from the data array.  Undefined
3407     pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
3408     unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
3409    be performed.
3410\end{description}
3411
3412\begin{verbatim}
3413        FTG2D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,naxis1,naxis2, > image,anyf,status)
3414\end{verbatim}
3415
3416\begin{description}
3417\item[14] Get 3-D cube from the data array.   Undefined
3418    pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
3419    unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
3420   be performed.
3421\end{description}
3422
3423\begin{verbatim}
3424        FTG3D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3, >
3425                     cube,anyf,status)
3426\end{verbatim}
3427
3428The following subroutines transfer a rectangular subset of the pixels
3429in a FITS N-dimensional image to or from an array which has been
3430declared in the calling program.  The fpixels and lpixels parameters
3431are integer arrays which specify the starting and ending pixels in each
3432dimension of the FITS image that are to be read or written.  (Note that
3433these are the starting and ending pixels in the FITS image, not in the
3434declared array). The array parameter is treated simply as a large
3435one-dimensional array of the appropriate datatype containing the pixel
3436values; The pixel values in the FITS array are read/written  from/to
3437this program array in strict sequence without any gaps;  it is up to
3438the calling routine to correctly interpret the dimensionality of this
3439array.  The two families of FITS reading routines (FTGSVx and FTGSFx
3440subroutines) also have an 'incs' parameter which defines the
3441data sampling interval in each dimension of the FITS array.  For
3442example, if incs(1)=2 and incs(2)=3 when reading a 2-dimensional
3443FITS image, then only every other pixel in the first dimension
3444and every 3rd pixel in the second dimension will be returned in
3445the 'array' parameter. [Note: the FTGSSx family of routines which
3446were present in previous versions of FITSIO have been superseded
3447by the more general FTGSVx family of routines.]
3448
3449
3450\begin{description}
3451\item[15]   Put an arbitrary data subsection into the data array.
3452\end{description}
3453
3454\begin{verbatim}
3455        FTPSS[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,array, > status)
3456\end{verbatim}
3457
3458\begin{description}
3459\item[16]    Get an arbitrary data subsection from the data array.  Undefined
3460       pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
3461       unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
3462      be performed.
3463\end{description}
3464
3465\begin{verbatim}
3466        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
3467                     array,anyf,status)
3468\end{verbatim}
3469
3470\begin{description}
3471\item[17]    Get an arbitrary data subsection from the data array.  Any Undefined
3472       pixels in the array will have the corresponding 'flagvals'
3473      element set equal to .TRUE.
3474\end{description}
3475
3476\begin{verbatim}
3477        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
3478                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
3479\end{verbatim}
3480
3481
3482\section{FITS ASCII and Binary Table Data I/O Subroutines}
3483
3484
3485\subsection{Column Information Subroutines \label{FTGCNO}}
3486
3487
3488\begin{description}
3489\item[1 ]  Get the number of rows or columns in the current FITS table.
3490     The number of rows is given by the NAXIS2 keyword and the
3491     number of columns is given by the TFIELDS keyword in the header
3492     of the table.  The FTGNRWLL routine is identical to FTGNRW except
3493     that the number of rows is returned as a 64-bit integer rather
3494    than a 32-bit integer.
3495\end{description}
3496
3497\begin{verbatim}
3498        FTGNRW(unit, > nrows, status)
3499        FTGNRWLL(unit, > nrowsll, status)
3500        FTGNCL(unit, > ncols, status)
3501\end{verbatim}
3502
3503\begin{description}
3504\item[2 ] Get the table column number (and name) of the column whose name
3505matches an input template name.  The table column names are defined by
3506the TTYPEn keywords in the FITS header.  If a column does not have a
3507TTYPEn keyword, then these routines assume that the name consists of
3508all blank characters.  These 2 subroutines perform the same function
3509except that FTGCNO only returns the number of the matching column whereas
3510FTGCNN also returns the name of the column.  If CASESEN = .true. then
3511the column name match will be case-sensitive.
3512
3513The input column name template (COLTEMPLATE) is (1) either the exact
3514name of the column to be searched for, or (2) it may contain wild cards
3515characters (*, ?, or \#), or (3) it may contain the number of the desired
3516column (where the number is expressed as ASCII digits).  The first 2 wild
3517cards behave similarly to UNIX filename matching:  the '*' character matches
3518any sequence of characters (including zero characters) and the '?'
3519character matches any single character.  The \# wildcard will match
3520any consecutive string of decimal digits (0-9).  As an example, the template
3521strings 'AB?DE', 'AB*E', and 'AB*CDE' will all match the string
3522'ABCDE'.  If more than one column name in the table matches the
3523template string, then the first match is returned and the status value
3524will be set to 237 as a warning that a unique match was not found.  To
3525find the other cases that match the template, simply call the
3526subroutine again leaving the input status value equal to  237 and the
3527next matching name will then be returned.  Repeat this process until a
3528status = 219 (column name not found) is returned.  If these subroutines
3529fail to match the template to any of the columns in the table, they
3530lastly check if the template can be interpreted as a simple positive
3531integer (e.g., '7', or '512') and if so, they return that column
3532number.  If no matches are found then a status = 219 error is
3533returned.
3534
3535Note that the FITS Standard recommends that only letters, digits, and
3536the underscore character be used in column names (with no embedded
3537spaces in the name).  Trailing blank characters are not significant.
3538\end{description}
3539
3540\begin{verbatim}
3541        FTGCNO(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnum,status)
3542        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colname,colnum,status)
3543\end{verbatim}
3544
3545\begin{description}
3546\item[3 ] Get the datatype of a column in an ASCII or binary table.  This
3547    routine returns an integer code value corresponding to the datatype
3548    of the column. (See the FTBNFM and FTASFM subroutines in the Utilities
3549    section of this document for a list of the code values).  The vector
3550    repeat count (which is alway 1 for ASCII table columns) is also returned.
3551    If the specified column has an ASCII character datatype (code = 16) then
3552    the width of a unit string in the column is also returned.  Note that
3553    this routine supports the local convention for specifying arrays of
3554    strings within a binary table character column, using the syntax
3555    TFORM = 'rAw' where 'r' is the total number of characters (= the width
3556    of the column) and 'w' is the width of a unit string within the column.
3557    Thus if the column has TFORM = '60A12' then this routine will return
3558    datacode = 16, repeat = 60, and width = 12.  (The TDIMn
3559    keyword may also be used to specify the unit string length; The pair
3560    of keywords TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)'  would have the
3561    same effect as TFORMn = '60A12').
3562
3563   The second routine, FTEQTY is similar except that in
3564   the case of scaled integer columns it returns the 'equivalent' data
3565   type that is needed to store the scaled values, and not necessarily
3566   the physical data type of the unscaled values as stored in the FITS
3567   table.  For example if a '1I' column in a binary table has TSCALn =
3568   1 and TZEROn = 32768, then this column effectively contains unsigned
3569   short integer values, and thus the returned value of typecode will
3570   be the code for an unsigned short integer, not a signed short integer.
3571   Similarly, if a column has TTYPEn = '1I'
3572   and TSCALn = 0.12, then the returned typecode
3573  will be the code for a 'real' column.
3574\end{description}
3575
3576\begin{verbatim}
3577        FTGTCL(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
3578        FTEQTY(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
3579\end{verbatim}
3580
3581\begin{description}
3582\item[4 ] Return the display width of a column.  This is the length
3583    of the string that will be returned
3584    when reading the column as a formatted string.  The display width is
3585    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if present, otherwise by the data
3586   type of the column.
3587\end{description}
3588
3589\begin{verbatim}
3590        FTGCDW(unit, colnum, > dispwidth, status)
3591\end{verbatim}
3592
3593\begin{description}
3594\item[5 ] Get information about an existing ASCII table column.  (NOTE: TSCAL and
3595    TZERO must be declared as Double Precision variables).  All the
3596   returned parameters are scalar quantities.
3597\end{description}
3598
3599\begin{verbatim}
3600        FTGACL(unit,colnum, >
3601               ttype,tbcol,tunit,tform,tscal,tzero,snull,tdisp,status)
3602\end{verbatim}
3603
3604\begin{description}
3605\item[6 ] Get information about an existing binary table column. (NOTE: TSCAL and
3606    TZERO must be declared as Double Precision variables). DATATYPE is a
3607    character string which returns the datatype of the column as defined
3608    by the TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J','E', 'D', etc.).  In the case
3609    of an ASCII character column, DATATYPE will have a value of the
3610    form 'An' where 'n' is an integer expressing the width of the field
3611    in characters.  For example, if TFORM = '160A8' then FTGBCL will return
3612    DATATYPE='A8' and REPEAT=20.   All the returned parameters are scalar
3613   quantities.
3614\end{description}
3615
3616\begin{verbatim}
3617        FTGBCL(unit,colnum, >
3618               ttype,tunit,datatype,repeat,tscal,tzero,tnull,tdisp,status)
3619\end{verbatim}
3620
3621\begin{description}
3622\item[7 ] Put (append) a TDIMn keyword whose value has the form '(l,m,n...)'
3623    where l, m, n... are the dimensions of a multidimensional array
3624   column in a binary table.
3625\end{description}
3626
3627\begin{verbatim}
3628        FTPTDM(unit,colnum,naxis,naxes, > status)
3629\end{verbatim}
3630
3631\begin{description}
3632\item[8 ] Return the number of and size of the dimensions of a table column.
3633    Normally this information is given by the TDIMn keyword, but if
3634    this keyword is not present then this routine returns NAXIS = 1
3635   and NAXES(1) equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword.
3636\end{description}
3637
3638\begin{verbatim}
3639        FTGTDM(unit,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes,status)
3640\end{verbatim}
3641
3642\begin{description}
3643\item[9 ] Decode the input TDIMn keyword string (e.g. '(100,200)') and return the
3644    number of and size of the dimensions of a binary table column. If the input
3645    tdimstr character string is null, then this routine returns naxis = 1
3646    and naxes[0] equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword. This routine
3647   is called by FTGTDM.
3648\end{description}
3649
3650\begin{verbatim}
3651        FTDTDM(unit,tdimstr,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes, status)
3652\end{verbatim}
3653
3654\begin{description}
3655\item[10]  Return the optimal number of rows to read or write at one time for
3656    maximum I/O efficiency.  Refer to the ``Optimizing Code'' section
3657   in Chapter 5 for more discussion on how to use this routine.
3658\end{description}
3659
3660
3661\begin{verbatim}
3662        FTGRSZ(unit, > nrows,status)
3663\end{verbatim}
3664
3665
3666\subsection{Low-Level Table Access Subroutines \label{FTGTBS}}
3667
3668The following subroutines provide low-level access to the data in ASCII
3669or binary tables and are mainly useful as an efficient way to copy all
3670or part of a table from one location to another.  These routines simply
3671read or write the specified number of consecutive bytes in an ASCII or
3672binary table, without regard for column boundaries or the row length in
3673the table.  The first two subroutines read or write consecutive bytes
3674in a table to or from a character string variable, while the last two
3675subroutines read or write consecutive bytes to or from a variable
3676declared as a numeric data type (e.g., INTEGER, INTEGER*2, REAL, DOUBLE
3677PRECISION).  These routines do not perform any machine dependent data
3678conversion or byte swapping, except that conversion to/from ASCII
3679format is performed by the FTGTBS and FTPTBS routines on machines which
3680do not use ASCII character codes in the internal data representations
3681(e.g., on IBM mainframe computers).
3682
3683
3684\begin{description}
3685\item[1 ] Read a consecutive string of characters from an ASCII table
3686    into a character variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
3687    This routine should not be used with binary tables because of
3688   complications related to passing string variables between C and Fortran.
3689\end{description}
3690
3691\begin{verbatim}
3692        FTGTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > string,status)
3693\end{verbatim}
3694
3695\begin{description}
3696\item[2 ] Write a consecutive string of characters to an ASCII table
3697    from a character variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
3698    This routine should not be used with binary tables because of
3699   complications related to passing string variables between C and Fortran.
3700\end{description}
3701
3702\begin{verbatim}
3703        FTPTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,string, > status)
3704\end{verbatim}
3705
3706\begin{description}
3707\item[3 ] Read a consecutive array of bytes from an ASCII or binary table
3708    into a numeric variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary).
3709    The array parameter may be declared as any numerical datatype as long
3710    as the array is at least 'nchars' bytes long, e.g., if nchars = 17,
3711   then declare the array as INTEGER*4 ARRAY(5).
3712\end{description}
3713
3714\begin{verbatim}
3715        FTGTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > array,status)
3716\end{verbatim}
3717
3718\begin{description}
3719\item[4 ] Write a consecutive array of bytes to an ASCII or binary table
3720    from a numeric variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
3721    The array parameter may be declared as any numerical datatype as long
3722    as the array is at least 'nchars' bytes long, e.g., if nchars = 17,
3723   then declare the array as INTEGER*4 ARRAY(5).
3724\end{description}
3725
3726\begin{verbatim}
3727        FTPTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,array, > status)
3728\end{verbatim}
3729
3730
3731\subsection{Edit Rows or Columns \label{FTIROW}}
3732
3733
3734\begin{description}
3735\item[1 ] Insert blank rows into an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3736    All the rows FOLLOWING row FROW are shifted down by NROWS rows.  If
3737    FROW or FROWLL equals 0 then the blank rows are inserted at the beginning of the
3738    table.  These routines modify the NAXIS2 keyword to reflect the new
3739    number of rows in the table.  Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
3740    writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
3741    Instead, one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
3742   row of data already exists or not.
3743\end{description}
3744
3745\begin{verbatim}
3746        FTIROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
3747        FTIROWLL(unit,frowll,nrowsll, > status)
3748\end{verbatim}
3749
3750\begin{description}
3751\item[2 ] Delete rows from an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3752    The NROWS (or NROWSLL) is the number of rows are deleted, starting
3753    with row FROW (or FROWLL), and
3754    any remaining rows in the table are shifted up to fill in the space.
3755    These routines modify the NAXIS2 keyword to reflect the new number
3756   of rows in the table.
3757\end{description}
3758
3759\begin{verbatim}
3760        FTDROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
3761        FTDROWLL(unit,frowll,nrowsll, > status)
3762\end{verbatim}
3763
3764\begin{description}
3765\item[3 ] Delete a list of rows from an ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3766    In the first routine, 'rowrange' is a character string listing the
3767    rows or row ranges to delete (e.g., '2-4, 5, 8-9'). In the second
3768    routine, 'rowlist' is an integer array of row numbers to be deleted
3769    from the table.  nrows is the number of row numbers in the list.
3770    The first row in the table is 1 not 0.  The list of row numbers
3771   must be sorted in ascending order.
3772\end{description}
3773
3774\begin{verbatim}
3775        FTDRRG(unit,rowrange, > status)
3776        FTDRWS(unit,rowlist,nrows, > status)
3777\end{verbatim}
3778
3779\begin{description}
3780\item[4 ] Insert a blank column (or columns) into an existing ASCII or binary
3781    table (in the CDU).  COLNUM specifies the column number that the (first)
3782    new column should occupy in the table.  NCOLS specifies how many
3783    columns are to be inserted. Any existing columns from this position and
3784    higher are moved over to allow room for the new column(s).
3785    The index number on all the following keywords will be incremented
3786    if necessary to reflect the new position of the column(s) in the table:
3787    TBCOLn, TFORMn, TTYPEn, TUNITn, TNULLn, TSCALn, TZEROn, TDISPn, TDIMn,
3788    TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn, TDMAXn, TCTYPn, TCRPXn, TCRVLn, TCDLTn, TCROTn,
3789   and TCUNIn.
3790\end{description}
3791
3792\begin{verbatim}
3793        FTICOL(unit,colnum,ttype,tform, > status)
3794        FTICLS(unit,colnum,ncols,ttype,tform, > status)
3795\end{verbatim}
3796
3797\begin{description}
3798\item[5 ] Modify the vector length of a binary table column (e.g.,
3799    change a column from TFORMn = '1E' to '20E').  The vector
3800   length may be increased or decreased from the current value.
3801\end{description}
3802
3803\begin{verbatim}
3804        FTMVEC(unit,colnum,newveclen, > status)
3805\end{verbatim}
3806
3807\begin{description}
3808\item[6 ] Delete a column from an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3809    The index number of all the keywords listed above (for FTICOL) will be
3810    decremented if necessary to reflect the new position of the column(s) in
3811    the table.  Those index keywords that refer to the deleted column will
3812    also be deleted.  Note that the physical size of the FITS file will
3813    not be reduced by this operation, and the empty FITS blocks if any
3814   at the end of the file will be padded with zeros.
3815\end{description}
3816
3817\begin{verbatim}
3818        FTDCOL(unit,colnum, > status)
3819\end{verbatim}
3820
3821\begin{description}
3822\item[7 ] Copy a column from one HDU to another (or to the same HDU).  If
3823    createcol = TRUE, then a new column will be inserted in the output
3824    table, at position `outcolumn', otherwise the existing output column will
3825    be overwritten (in which case it must have a compatible datatype).
3826   Note that the first column in a table is at colnum = 1.
3827\end{description}
3828
3829\begin{verbatim}
3830        FTCPCL(inunit,outunit,incolnum,outcolnum,createcol, > status);
3831\end{verbatim}
3832
3833\subsection{Read and Write Column Data Routines \label{FTPCLS}}
3834
3835These subroutines put or get data values in the current ASCII or Binary table
3836extension.  Automatic data type conversion is performed for numerical data
3837types (B,I,J,E,D) if the data type of the column (defined by the TFORM keyword)
3838differs from the data type of the calling subroutine.  The data values are also
3839scaled by the TSCALn and TZEROn header values as they are being written to
3840or read from the FITS array.  The fttscl subroutine MUST be used to define the
3841scaling parameters when writing data to the table or to override the default
3842scaling values given in the header when reading from the table.
3843Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
3844writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
3845Instead, one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
3846row of data already exists or not.
3847
3848    In the case of binary tables with vector elements, the 'felem'
3849parameter defines the starting pixel within the element vector.  This
3850parameter is ignored with ASCII tables. Similarly, in the case of
3851binary tables the 'nelements' parameter specifies the total number of
3852vector values read or written (continuing on subsequent rows if
3853required) and not the number of table elements.  Two sets of
3854subroutines are provided to get the column data which differ in the way
3855undefined pixels are handled.  The first set of routines (FTGCV)
3856simply return an array of data elements in which undefined pixels are
3857set equal to a value specified by the user in the 'nullval' parameter.
3858An additional feature of these subroutines is that if the user sets
3859nullval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels will be performed,
3860thus increasing the speed of the program.  The second set of routines
3861(FTGCF) returns the data element array and in addition a logical array
3862of flags which defines whether the corresponding data pixel is undefined.
3863
3864    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic datatype, may be read as a
3865    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column
3866    as a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column as
3867    a number due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted
3868    strings.    The display format of the returned strings will be
3869    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
3870    datatype of the column.  The length of the returned strings can be
3871    determined with the ftgcdw routine.  The following TDISPn display
3872    formats are currently supported:
3873
3874\begin{verbatim}
3875    Iw.m   Integer
3876    Ow.m   Octal integer
3877    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
3878    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
3879    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
3880    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
3881    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
3882\end{verbatim}
3883  where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is the minimum
3884  number of digits displayed, and d is the number of digits to the right of the
3885  decimal.  The .m field is optional.
3886
3887
3888\begin{description}
3889\item[1 ] Put elements into an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).
3890    (The SPP FSPCLS routine has an additional integer argument after
3891    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3892    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3893
3894    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3895    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3896    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3897   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3898\end{description}
3899
3900\begin{verbatim}
3901        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
3902        FTPCL[LBIJKEDCM]LL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
3903\end{verbatim}
3904
3905\begin{description}
3906\item[2 ] Put elements into an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU)
3907    substituting the appropriate FITS null value for any elements that
3908    are equal to NULLVAL.   For ASCII TABLE extensions, the
3909    null value defined by the previous call to FTSNUL will be substituted;
3910    For integer FITS columns, in a binary table  the null value
3911    defined by the previous call to FTTNUL will be substituted;
3912    For floating point FITS columns a special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number)
3913    value will be substituted.
3914
3915    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3916    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3917    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3918   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3919\end{description}
3920
3921\begin{verbatim}
3922        FTPCN[SBIJKED](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values,nullval > status)
3923        FTPCN[SBIJKED]LL(unit,colnum,(I*8) frow,(I*8) felem,nelements,values,
3924	                nullval > status)
3925\end{verbatim}
3926
3927\begin{description}
3928\item[3 ] Put bit values into a binary byte ('B') or bit ('X') table column (in the
3929    CDU).  LRAY is an array of logical values corresponding to the sequence of
3930    bits to be written.  If LRAY is true then the corresponding bit is
3931    set to 1, otherwise the bit is set to 0.  Note that in the case of
3932    'X' columns, FITSIO will write to all 8 bits of each byte whether
3933    they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the column is defined as
3934    '4X', and one calls FTPCLX with  fbit=1 and nbit=8, then all 8 bits
3935    will be written into the first byte (as opposed to writing the
3936    first 4 bits into the first row and then the next 4 bits into the
3937    next row), even though the last 4 bits of each byte are formally
3938   not defined.
3939\end{description}
3940
3941\begin{verbatim}
3942        FTPCLX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit,lray, > status)
3943\end{verbatim}
3944
3945\begin{description}
3946\item[4 ] Set table elements in a column as undefined
3947\end{description}
3948
3949\begin{verbatim}
3950        FTPCLU(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > status)
3951\end{verbatim}
3952
3953\begin{description}
3954\item[5 ] Get elements from an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).  These
3955    routines return the values of the table column array elements.  Undefined
3956    array elements will be returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0
3957    (or = ' ' for ftgcvs) in which case no checking for undefined values will
3958    be performed. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the returned
3959    elements are undefined. (Note: the ftgcl routine simple gets an array
3960    of logical data values without any checks for undefined values;  use
3961    the ftgcfl routine to check for undefined logical elements).
3962    (The SPP FSGCVS routine has an additional integer argument after
3963    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3964    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3965
3966    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3967    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3968    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3969   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3970\end{description}
3971
3972\begin{verbatim}
3973        FTGCL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > values,status)
3974        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
3975                       values,anyf,status)
3976        FTGCV[BIJKEDCM]LL(unit,colnum,(I*8) frow, (I*8) felem, nelements,
3977	               nullval, > values,anyf,status)
3978\end{verbatim}
3979
3980\begin{description}
3981\item[6 ] Get elements and null flags from an ASCII or binary table column (in the
3982    CHDU).  These routines return the values of the table column array elements.
3983    Any undefined array elements will have the corresponding flagvals element
3984    set equal to .TRUE. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the
3985    returned elements are undefined.
3986    (The SPP FSGCFS routine has an additional integer argument after
3987    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3988    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3989
3990    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3991    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3992    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3993   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3994\end{description}
3995
3996\begin{verbatim}
3997        FTGCF[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, >
3998                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
3999        FTGCF[BIJKED]LL(unit,colnum, (I*8) frow, (I*8) felem,nelements, >
4000                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
4001\end{verbatim}
4002
4003\begin{description}
4004\item[7 ] Get an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
4005    in a binary table vector column.  Undefined pixels
4006    in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
4007    unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
4008    be performed.  The first and last rows in the table to be read
4009    are specified by fpixels(naxis+1) and lpixels(naxis+1), and hence
4010    are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS N-dimensional
4011    array.  The INCS parameter specifies the sampling interval in
4012   each dimension between the data elements that will be returned.
4013\end{description}
4014
4015\begin{verbatim}
4016        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
4017                     array,anyf,status)
4018\end{verbatim}
4019
4020\begin{description}
4021\item[8 ] Get an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
4022    in a binary table vector column.  Any Undefined
4023    pixels in the array will have the corresponding 'flagvals'
4024    element set equal to .TRUE.   The first and last rows in the table
4025    to be read are specified by fpixels(naxis+1) and lpixels(naxis+1),
4026    and hence are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS
4027    N-dimensional array.  The INCS parameter specifies the sampling
4028    interval in each dimension between the data elements that will be
4029   returned.
4030\end{description}
4031
4032\begin{verbatim}
4033        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
4034                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
4035\end{verbatim}
4036
4037\begin{description}
4038\item[9 ] Get bit values from a byte ('B') or bit (`X`) table column (in the
4039    CDU).  LRAY is an array of logical values corresponding to the
4040    sequence of bits to be read.  If LRAY is true then the
4041    corresponding bit was set to 1, otherwise the bit was set to 0.
4042    Note that in the case of 'X' columns, FITSIO will read  all 8 bits
4043    of each byte whether they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the
4044    column is defined as '4X', and one calls FTGCX with  fbit=1 and
4045    nbit=8, then all 8 bits will be read from the first byte (as
4046    opposed to reading the first 4 bits from the first row and then the
4047    first 4 bits from the next row), even though the last 4 bits of
4048   each byte are formally not defined.
4049\end{description}
4050
4051\begin{verbatim}
4052        FTGCX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit, > lray,status)
4053\end{verbatim}
4054
4055\begin{description}
4056\item[10] Read any consecutive set of bits from an 'X' or 'B' column and
4057    interpret them as an unsigned n-bit integer. NBIT must be less than
4058    or equal to 16 when calling FTGCXI, and less than or equal to 32 when
4059    calling FTGCXJ; there is no limit on the value of NBIT for FTGCXD, but
4060    the returned double precision value only has 48 bits of precision on
4061    most 32-bit word machines.  The NBITS bits are interpreted as an
4062    unsigned integer unless NBITS = 16 (in FTGCXI) or 32 (in FTGCXJ) in which
4063    case the string of bits are interpreted as 16-bit or 32-bit 2's
4064    complement signed integers.  If NROWS is greater than 1 then the
4065    same set of bits will be read from sequential rows in the table
4066    starting with row FROW.  Note that the numbering convention
4067    used here for the FBIT parameter adopts 1 for the first element of the
4068   vector of bits;  this is the Most Significant Bit of the integer value.
4069\end{description}
4070
4071\begin{verbatim}
4072        FTGCX[IJD](unit,colnum,frow,nrows,fbit,nbit, > array,status)
4073\end{verbatim}
4074
4075\begin{description}
4076\item[11] Get the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
4077    The descriptor consists of 2 integer parameters: the number of elements
4078    in the array and the starting offset relative to the start of the heap.
4079    The first routine returns a single descriptor whereas the second routine
4080   returns the descriptors for a range of rows in the table.
4081\end{description}
4082
4083\begin{verbatim}
4084        FTGDES(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelements,offset,status)
4085        FTGDESLL(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelementsll,offsetll,status)
4086
4087        FTGDESS(unit,colnum,firstrow,nrows > nelements,offset, status)
4088        FTGDESSLL(unit,colnum,firstrow,nrows > nelementsll,offsetll, status)
4089\end{verbatim}
4090
4091\begin{description}
4092\item[12]  Write the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
4093    These subroutines can be used in conjunction with FTGDES to enable
4094    2 or more arrays to point to the same storage location to save
4095   storage space if the arrays are identical.
4096\end{description}
4097
4098\begin{verbatim}
4099        FTPDES(unit,colnum,rownum,nelements,offset, > status)
4100        FTPDESLL(unit,colnum,rownum,nelementsll,offsetll, > status)
4101\end{verbatim}
4102
4103
4104\section{Row Selection and Calculator Routines \label{FTFROW}}
4105
4106These routines all parse and evaluate an input string containing a user
4107defined arithmetic expression.  The first 3 routines select rows in a
4108FITS table, based on whether the expression evaluates to true (not
4109equal to zero) or false (zero).  The other routines evaluate the
4110expression and calculate a value for each row of the table.  The
4111allowed expression syntax is described in the row filter section in the
4112earlier `Extended File Name Syntax' chapter of this document.  The
4113expression may also be written to a text file, and the name of the
4114file, prepended with a '@' character may be supplied for the 'expr'
4115parameter (e.g.  '@filename.txt'). The  expression  in  the  file can
4116be arbitrarily complex and extend over multiple lines of the file.
4117Lines  that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will  be ignored and
4118may be used to add comments to the file.
4119
4120
4121\begin{description}
4122\item[1 ] Evaluate a boolean expression over the indicated rows, returning an
4123 array of flags indicating which rows evaluated to TRUE/FALSE
4124\end{description}
4125
4126\begin{verbatim}
4127         FTFROW(unit,expr,firstrow, nrows, > n_good_rows, row_status, status)
4128\end{verbatim}
4129
4130\begin{description}
4131\item[2 ] Find the first row which satisfies the input boolean expression
4132\end{description}
4133
4134\begin{verbatim}
4135         FTFFRW(unit, expr, > rownum, status)
4136\end{verbatim}
4137
4138\begin{description}
4139\item[3 ]Evaluate an expression on all rows of a table.  If the input and output
4140files are not the same, copy the TRUE rows to the output file;  if the output
4141table is not empty, then this routine will append the new
4142selected rows after the existing rows.  If the
4143files are the same, delete the FALSE rows (preserve the TRUE rows).
4144\end{description}
4145
4146\begin{verbatim}
4147         FTSROW(inunit, outunit, expr, > status)
4148\end{verbatim}
4149
4150\begin{description}
4151\item[4 ] Calculate an expression for the indicated rows of a table, returning
4152the results, cast as datatype (TSHORT, TDOUBLE, etc), in array.  If
4153nulval==NULL, UNDEFs will be zeroed out.  For vector results, the number
4154of elements returned may be less than nelements if nelements is not an
4155even multiple of the result dimension.  Call FTTEXP to obtain
4156the dimensions of the results.
4157\end{description}
4158
4159\begin{verbatim}
4160         FTCROW(unit,datatype,expr,firstrow,nelements,nulval, >
4161             array,anynul,status)
4162\end{verbatim}
4163
4164\begin{description}
4165\item[5 ]Evaluate an expression and write the result either to a column (if
4166the expression is a function of other columns in the table) or to a
4167keyword (if the expression evaluates to a constant and is not a
4168function of other columns in the table).  In the former case, the
4169parName parameter is the name of the column (which may or may not already
4170exist) into which to write the results, and parInfo contains an
4171optional TFORM keyword value if a new column is being created.  If a
4172TFORM value is not specified then a default format will be used,
4173depending on the expression.  If the expression evaluates to a constant,
4174then the result will be written to the keyword name given by the
4175parName parameter, and the parInfo parameter may be used to supply an
4176optional comment for the keyword.  If the keyword does not already
4177exist, then the name of the keyword must be preceded with a '\#' character,
4178otherwise the result will be written to a column with that name.
4179\end{description}
4180
4181
4182\begin{verbatim}
4183         FTCALC(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo, > status)
4184\end{verbatim}
4185
4186\begin{description}
4187\item[6 ] This calculator routine is similar to the previous routine, except
4188that the expression is only evaluated over the specified
4189row ranges.  nranges specifies the number of row ranges, and firstrow
4190and lastrow give the starting and ending row number of each range.
4191\end{description}
4192
4193\begin{verbatim}
4194         FTCALC_RNG(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo,
4195            nranges, firstrow, lastrow, > status)
4196\end{verbatim}
4197
4198\begin{description}
4199\item[7 ]Evaluate the given expression and return dimension and type information
4200on the result.  The returned dimensions correspond to a single row entry
4201of the requested expression, and are equivalent to the result of fits\_read\_tdim().
4202Note that strings are considered to be one element regardless of string length.
4203If maxdim == 0, then naxes is optional.
4204\end{description}
4205
4206\begin{verbatim}
4207         FTTEXP(unit, expr, maxdim > datatype, nelem, naxis, naxes, status)
4208\end{verbatim}
4209
4210
4211
4212\section{Celestial Coordinate System Subroutines \label{FTGICS}}
4213
4214The FITS community has adopted a set of keyword conventions that define
4215the transformations needed to convert between pixel locations in an
4216image and the corresponding celestial coordinates on the sky, or more
4217generally, that define world coordinates that are to be associated with
4218any pixel location in an n-dimensional FITS array. CFITSIO is distributed
4219with a couple of self-contained World Coordinate System (WCS) routines,
4220however, these routines DO NOT support all the latest WCS conventions,
4221so it is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that software developers use a more robust
4222external WCS library.  Several recommended libraries are:
4223
4224\begin{verbatim}
4225  WCSLIB -  supported by Mark Calabretta
4226  WCSTools - supported by Doug Mink
4227  AST library - developed by the U.K. Starlink project
4228\end{verbatim}
4229
4230More information about the WCS keyword conventions and links to all of
4231these WCS libraries can be found on the FITS Support Office web site at
4232http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov under the WCS link.
4233
4234The functions provided in these external WCS libraries will need access to
4235the  WCS information contained in the FITS file headers.  One convenient
4236way to pass this information to the external library is to use  FITSIO
4237to copy the header keywords into one long character string, and then
4238pass this string to an interface routine in the external library that
4239will extract the necessary WCS information (e.g., see the astFitsChan
4240and astPutCards routines in the Starlink AST library).
4241
4242The following FITSIO routines DO NOT support the more recent WCS conventions
4243that have been approved as part of the FITS standard.  Consequently,
4244the following routines ARE NOW DEPRECATED.  It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED
4245that software developers not use these routines, and instead use an
4246external WCS library, as described above.
4247
4248These routines are included mainly for backward compatibility with
4249existing software.  They support the following standard map
4250projections: -SIN, -TAN, -ARC, -NCP, -GLS, -MER, and -AIT (these are the
4251legal values for the coordtype parameter).  These routines are based
4252on similar functions in Classic AIPS.  All the angular quantities are
4253given in units of degrees.
4254
4255
4256\begin{description}
4257\item[1 ] Get the values of all the standard FITS celestial coordinate system
4258    keywords from the header of a FITS image (i.e., the primary array or
4259    an image extension).  These values may then be passed to the subroutines
4260    that perform the coordinate transformations.  If any or all of the WCS
4261    keywords are not present, then default values will be returned. If
4262    the first coordinate axis is the declination-like coordinate, then
4263    this routine will swap them so that the longitudinal-like coordinate
4264    is returned as the first axis.
4265
4266    If the file uses the newer 'CDj\_i' WCS transformation matrix
4267    keywords instead of old style 'CDELTn' and 'CROTA2' keywords, then
4268    this routine will calculate and return the values of the equivalent
4269    old-style keywords.    Note that the conversion from the new-style
4270    keywords to the old-style values is sometimes only an
4271    approximation, so if the approximation is larger than an internally
4272    defined threshold level, then CFITSIO will still return the
4273    approximate WCS keyword values, but will also return with status =
4274    506, to warn the calling program that approximations have been
4275    made.  It is then up to the calling program to decide whether the
4276    approximations are sufficiently accurate for the particular
4277    application, or whether more precise WCS transformations must be
4278   performed using new-style WCS keywords directly.
4279\end{description}
4280
4281\begin{verbatim}
4282        FTGICS(unit, > xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
4283\end{verbatim}
4284
4285\begin{description}
4286\item[2 ] Get the values of all the standard FITS celestial coordinate system
4287    keywords from the header of a FITS table where the X and Y (or RA and
4288    DEC coordinates are stored in 2 separate columns of the table.
4289    These values may then be passed to the subroutines that perform the
4290   coordinate transformations.
4291\end{description}
4292
4293\begin{verbatim}
4294        FTGTCS(unit,xcol,ycol, >
4295               xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
4296\end{verbatim}
4297
4298\begin{description}
4299\item[3 ]  Calculate the celestial coordinate corresponding to the input
4300    X and Y pixel location in the image.
4301\end{description}
4302
4303\begin{verbatim}
4304        FTWLDP(xpix,ypix,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
4305                          coordtype, > xpos,ypos,status)
4306\end{verbatim}
4307
4308\begin{description}
4309\item[4 ]  Calculate the X and Y pixel location corresponding to the input
4310    celestial coordinate in the image.
4311\end{description}
4312
4313\begin{verbatim}
4314        FTXYPX(xpos,ypos,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
4315                          coordtype, > xpix,ypix,status)
4316\end{verbatim}
4317
4318
4319\section{File Checksum Subroutines \label{FTPCKS}}
4320
4321The following routines either compute or validate the checksums for the
4322CHDU.  The DATASUM keyword is used to store the numerical value of the
432332-bit, 1's complement checksum for the data unit alone.  If there is
4324no data unit then the value is set to zero. The numerical value is
4325stored as an ASCII string of digits, enclosed in quotes, because the
4326value may be too large to represent as a 32-bit signed integer.  The
4327CHECKSUM keyword is used to store the ASCII encoded COMPLEMENT of the
4328checksum for the entire HDU.  Storing the complement, rather than the
4329actual checksum, forces the checksum for the whole HDU to equal zero.
4330If the file has been modified since the checksums were computed, then
4331the HDU checksum will usually not equal zero.  These checksum keyword
4332conventions are based on a paper by Rob Seaman published in the
4333proceedings of the ADASS IV conference in Baltimore in November 1994
4334and a later revision in June 1995.
4335
4336
4337\begin{description}
4338\item[1 ] Compute and write the DATASUM and CHECKSUM keyword values for the CHDU
4339    into the current header.  The DATASUM value is the 32-bit checksum
4340    for the data unit, expressed as a decimal integer enclosed in single
4341    quotes. The CHECKSUM keyword value is a 16-character string which
4342    is the ASCII-encoded value for the complement of the checksum for
4343    the whole HDU.  If these keywords already exist, their values
4344    will be updated only if necessary (i.e., if the file has been modified
4345   since the original keyword values were computed).
4346\end{description}
4347
4348\begin{verbatim}
4349        FTPCKS(unit, > status)
4350\end{verbatim}
4351
4352\begin{description}
4353\item[2 ] Update the CHECKSUM keyword value in the CHDU, assuming that the
4354    DATASUM keyword exists and already has the correct value.  This routine
4355    calculates the new checksum for the current header unit, adds it to the
4356    data unit checksum, encodes the value into an ASCII string, and writes
4357   the string to the CHECKSUM keyword.
4358\end{description}
4359
4360\begin{verbatim}
4361        FTUCKS(unit, > status)
4362\end{verbatim}
4363
4364\begin{description}
4365\item[3 ] Verify the CHDU by computing the checksums and comparing
4366    them with the keywords.  The data unit is verified correctly
4367    if the computed checksum equals the value of the DATASUM
4368    keyword.  The checksum for the entire HDU (header plus data unit) is
4369    correct if it equals zero.  The output DATAOK and HDUOK parameters
4370    in this subroutine are integers which will have a value = 1
4371    if the data or HDU is verified correctly, a value = 0
4372    if the DATASUM or CHECKSUM keyword is not present, or value = -1
4373   if the computed checksum is not correct.
4374\end{description}
4375
4376\begin{verbatim}
4377        FTVCKS(unit, > dataok,hduok,status)
4378\end{verbatim}
4379
4380\begin{description}
4381\item[4 ] Compute and return the checksum values for the CHDU (as
4382    double precision variables) without creating or modifying the
4383    CHECKSUM and DATASUM keywords.  This routine is used internally by
4384   FTVCKS, but may be useful in other situations as well.
4385\end{description}
4386
4387\begin{verbatim}
4388        FTGCKS(unit, > datasum,hdusum,status)
4389\end{verbatim}
4390
4391\begin{description}
4392\item[5 ] Encode a checksum value (stored in a double precision variable)
4393    into a 16-character string.  If COMPLEMENT = .true. then the 32-bit
4394   sum value will be complemented before encoding.
4395\end{description}
4396
4397\begin{verbatim}
4398        FTESUM(sum,complement, > checksum)
4399\end{verbatim}
4400
4401\begin{description}
4402\item[6 ] Decode a 16 character checksum string into a double precision value.
4403    If COMPLEMENT = .true. then the 32-bit sum value will be complemented
4404   after decoding.
4405\end{description}
4406
4407\begin{verbatim}
4408        FTDSUM(checksum,complement, > sum)
4409\end{verbatim}
4410
4411
4412\section{ Date and Time Utility Routines \label{FTGSDT}}
4413
4414The following routines help to construct or parse the FITS date/time
4415strings.   Starting in the year 2000, the FITS DATE keyword values (and
4416the values of other `DATE-' keywords) must have the form 'YYYY-MM-DD'
4417(date only) or 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...' (date and time) where the
4418number of decimal places in the seconds value is optional.  These times
4419are in UTC.  The older 'dd/mm/yy' date format may not be used for dates
4420after 01 January 2000.
4421
4422
4423\begin{description}
4424\item[1 ] Get the current system date.  The returned year has 4 digits
4425    (1999, 2000, etc.)
4426\end{description}
4427
4428\begin{verbatim}
4429        FTGSDT( > day, month, year, status )
4430\end{verbatim}
4431
4432
4433\begin{description}
4434\item[2 ] Get the current system date and time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss').
4435The time will be in UTC/GMT if available, as indicated by a returned timeref
4436value = 0.  If the returned value of timeref = 1 then this indicates that
4437it was not possible to convert the local time to UTC, and thus the local
4438time was returned.
4439\end{description}
4440
4441\begin{verbatim}
4442        FTGSTM(> datestr, timeref, status)
4443\end{verbatim}
4444
4445
4446\begin{description}
4447\item[3 ] Construct a date string from the input date values.  If the year
4448is between 1900 and 1998, inclusive, then the returned date string will
4449have the old FITS format ('dd/mm/yy'), otherwise the date string will
4450have the new FITS format ('YYYY-MM-DD').  Use FTTM2S instead
4451 to always return a date string using the new FITS format.
4452\end{description}
4453
4454\begin{verbatim}
4455        FTDT2S( year, month, day, > datestr, status)
4456\end{verbatim}
4457
4458
4459\begin{description}
4460\item[4 ] Construct a new-format date + time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...').
4461  If the year, month, and day values all = 0 then only the time is encoded
4462  with format 'hh:mm:ss.ddd...'.  The decimals parameter specifies how many
4463  decimal places of fractional seconds to include in the string.  If `decimals'
4464 is negative, then only the date will be return ('YYYY-MM-DD').
4465\end{description}
4466
4467\begin{verbatim}
4468        FTTM2S( year, month, day, hour, minute, second, decimals,
4469                > datestr, status)
4470\end{verbatim}
4471
4472
4473\begin{description}
4474\item[5 ] Return the date as read from the input string, where the string may be
4475in either the old ('dd/mm/yy')  or new ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss' or
4476'YYYY-MM-DD') FITS format.
4477\end{description}
4478
4479\begin{verbatim}
4480        FTS2DT(datestr, > year, month, day, status)
4481\end{verbatim}
4482
4483
4484\begin{description}
4485\item[6 ] Return the date and time as read from the input string, where the
4486string may be in either the old  or new FITS format.  The returned hours,
4487minutes, and seconds values will be set to zero if the input string
4488does not include the time ('dd/mm/yy' or 'YYYY-MM-DD') .  Similarly,
4489the returned year, month, and date values will be set to zero if the
4490date is not included in the input string ('hh:mm:ss.ddd...').
4491\end{description}
4492
4493\begin{verbatim}
4494        FTS2TM(datestr, > year, month, day, hour, minute, second, status)
4495\end{verbatim}
4496
4497
4498\section{General Utility Subroutines \label{FTGHAD}}
4499
4500The following utility subroutines may be useful for certain applications:
4501
4502
4503\begin{description}
4504\item[1 ] Return the starting byte address of the CHDU and the next HDU.
4505\end{description}
4506
4507\begin{verbatim}
4508        FTGHAD(iunit, > curaddr, nextaddr)
4509\end{verbatim}
4510
4511\begin{description}
4512\item[2 ] Convert a character string to uppercase (operates in place).
4513\end{description}
4514
4515\begin{verbatim}
4516        FTUPCH(string)
4517\end{verbatim}
4518
4519\begin{description}
4520\item[3 ] Compare the input template string against the reference string
4521    to see if they match.  The template string may contain wildcard
4522    characters: '*' will match any sequence of characters (including
4523    zero characters) and '?' will match any single character in the
4524    reference string. The '\#' character will match any consecutive string
4525    of decimal digits (0 - 9).  If CASESN = .true. then the match will be
4526    case sensitive.  The returned MATCH parameter will be .true. if
4527    the 2 strings match, and EXACT will be .true. if the match is
4528    exact (i.e., if no wildcard characters were used in the match).
4529   Both strings must be 68 characters or less in length.
4530\end{description}
4531
4532\begin{verbatim}
4533        FTCMPS(str_template, string, casesen, > match, exact)
4534\end{verbatim}
4535
4536
4537\begin{description}
4538\item[4 ] Test that the keyword name contains only legal characters: A-Z,0-9,
4539   hyphen, and underscore.
4540\end{description}
4541
4542\begin{verbatim}
4543        FTTKEY(keyword, > status)
4544\end{verbatim}
4545
4546\begin{description}
4547\item[5 ] Test that the keyword record contains only legal printable ASCII
4548     characters
4549\end{description}
4550
4551\begin{verbatim}
4552        FTTREC(card, > status)
4553\end{verbatim}
4554
4555\begin{description}
4556\item[6 ] Test whether the current header contains any NULL (ASCII 0) characters.
4557    These characters are illegal in the header, but they will go undetected
4558    by most of the CFITSIO keyword header routines, because the null is
4559    interpreted as the normal end-of-string terminator.  This routine returns
4560    the position of the first null character in the header, or zero if there
4561    are no nulls.  For example a returned value of 110 would indicate that
4562    the first NULL is located in the 30th character of the second keyword
4563    in the header (recall that each header record is 80 characters long).
4564    Note that this is one of the few FITSIO routines in which the returned
4565   value is not necessarily equal to the status value).
4566\end{description}
4567
4568\begin{verbatim}
4569        FTNCHK(unit, > status)
4570\end{verbatim}
4571
4572\begin{description}
4573\item[7 ] Parse a header keyword record and return the name of the keyword
4574    and the length of the name.
4575    The keyword name normally occupies the first 8 characters of the
4576    record, except under the HIERARCH convention where the name can
4577   be up to 70 characters in length.
4578\end{description}
4579
4580\begin{verbatim}
4581        FTGKNM(card, > keyname, keylength, staThe '\#' character will match any consecutive string
4582    of decimal digits (0 - 9). tus)
4583\end{verbatim}
4584
4585\begin{description}
4586\item[8 ] Parse a header keyword record.
4587    This subroutine parses the input header record to return the value (as
4588    a character string) and comment strings.  If the keyword has no
4589    value (columns 9-10 not equal to '= '), then the value string is returned
4590    blank and the comment string is set equal to column 9 - 80 of the
4591   input string.
4592\end{description}
4593
4594\begin{verbatim}
4595        FTPSVC(card, > value,comment,status)
4596\end{verbatim}
4597
4598\begin{description}
4599\item[9 ] Construct a properly formated 80-character header keyword record from the
4600    input keyword name, keyword value, and keyword comment strings.
4601    Hierarchical keyword names (e.g., "ESO TELE CAM") are supported.
4602    The value string may contain an integer, floating point, logical, or
4603    quoted character string (e.g., "12", "15.7", "T",
4604    or "'NGC 1313'").
4605\end{description}
4606
4607\begin{verbatim}
4608        FTMKKY(keyname, value, comment, > card, status)
4609\end{verbatim}
4610
4611\begin{description}
4612\item[10] Construct a sequence keyword name (ROOT + nnn).
4613    This subroutine appends the sequence number to the root string to create
4614   a keyword name (e.g., 'NAXIS' + 2 = 'NAXIS2')
4615\end{description}
4616
4617\begin{verbatim}
4618        FTKEYN(keyroot,seq_no, > keyword,status)
4619\end{verbatim}
4620
4621\begin{description}
4622\item[11] Construct a sequence keyword name (n + ROOT).
4623    This subroutine concatenates the sequence number to the front of the
4624   root string to create a keyword name (e.g., 1 + 'CTYP' = '1CTYP')
4625\end{description}
4626
4627\begin{verbatim}
4628        FTNKEY(seq_no,keyroot, > keyword,status)
4629\end{verbatim}
4630
4631\begin{description}
4632\item[12] Determine the datatype of a keyword value string.
4633    This subroutine parses the keyword value string (usually columns 11-30
4634   of the header record) to determine its datatype.
4635\end{description}
4636
4637\begin{verbatim}
4638        FTDTYP(value, > dtype,status)
4639\end{verbatim}
4640
4641\begin{description}
4642\item[13] Return the class of input header record.  The record is classified
4643    into one of the following categories (the class values are
4644    defined in fitsio.h).  Note that this is one of the few FITSIO
4645   routines that does not return a status value.
4646\end{description}
4647
4648\begin{verbatim}
4649       Class  Value             Keywords
4650  TYP_STRUC_KEY  10  SIMPLE, BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXISn, EXTEND, BLOCKED,
4651                     GROUPS, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, END
4652                     XTENSION, TFIELDS, TTYPEn, TBCOLn, TFORMn, THEAP,
4653                     and the first 4 COMMENT keywords in the primary array
4654                     that define the FITS format.
4655  TYP_CMPRS_KEY  20  The keywords used in the compressed image  or table
4656                     format, including ZIMAGE, ZCMPTYPE, ZNAMEn, ZVALn,
4657                     ZTILEn, ZBITPIX, ZNAXISn, ZSCALE, ZZERO, ZBLANK
4658  TYP_SCAL_KEY   30  BSCALE, BZERO, TSCALn, TZEROn
4659  TYP_NULL_KEY   40  BLANK, TNULLn
4660  TYP_DIM_KEY    50  TDIMn
4661  TYP_RANG_KEY   60  TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn, TDMAXn, DATAMIN, DATAMAX
4662  TYP_UNIT_KEY   70  BUNIT, TUNITn
4663  TYP_DISP_KEY   80  TDISPn
4664  TYP_HDUID_KEY  90  EXTNAME, EXTVER, EXTLEVEL, HDUNAME, HDUVER, HDULEVEL
4665  TYP_CKSUM_KEY 100  CHECKSUM, DATASUM
4666  TYP_WCS_KEY   110  CTYPEn, CUNITn, CRVALn, CRPIXn, CROTAn, CDELTn
4667                     CDj_is, PVj_ms, LONPOLEs, LATPOLEs
4668                     TCTYPn, TCTYns, TCUNIn, TCUNns, TCRVLn, TCRVns, TCRPXn,
4669                     TCRPks, TCDn_k, TCn_ks, TPVn_m, TPn_ms, TCDLTn, TCROTn
4670                     jCTYPn, jCTYns, jCUNIn, jCUNns, jCRVLn, jCRVns, iCRPXn,
4671                     iCRPns, jiCDn,  jiCDns, jPVn_m, jPn_ms, jCDLTn, jCROTn
4672                     (i,j,m,n are integers, s is any letter)
4673  TYP_REFSYS_KEY 120 EQUINOXs, EPOCH, MJD-OBSs, RADECSYS, RADESYSs
4674  TYP_COMM_KEY   130 COMMENT, HISTORY, (blank keyword)
4675  TYP_CONT_KEY   140 CONTINUE
4676  TYP_USER_KEY   150 all other keywords
4677
4678         class = FTGKCL (char *card)
4679\end{verbatim}
4680
4681\begin{description}
4682\item[14] Parse the 'TFORM' binary table column format string.
4683    This subroutine parses the input TFORM character string and returns the
4684    integer datatype code, the repeat count of the field, and, in the case
4685    of character string fields, the length of the unit string.  The following
4686    datatype codes are returned (the negative of the value is returned
4687   if the column contains variable-length arrays):
4688\end{description}
4689
4690\begin{verbatim}
4691                Datatype                DATACODE value
4692                bit, X                   1
4693                byte, B                 11
4694                logical, L              14
4695                ASCII character, A      16
4696                short integer, I        21
4697                integer, J              41
4698                real, E                 42
4699                double precision, D     82
4700                complex                 83
4701                double complex          163
4702
4703        FTBNFM(tform, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
4704\end{verbatim}
4705
4706\begin{description}
4707\item[15] Parse the 'TFORM' keyword value that defines the column format in
4708    an ASCII table.  This routine parses the input TFORM character
4709    string and returns the datatype code, the width of the column,
4710    and (if it is a floating point column) the number of decimal places
4711    to the right of the decimal point.  The returned datatype codes are
4712    the same as for the binary table, listed above, with the following
4713    additional rules:  integer columns that are between 1 and 4 characters
4714    wide are defined to be short integers (code = 21).  Wider integer
4715    columns are defined to be regular integers (code = 41).  Similarly,
4716    Fixed decimal point columns (with TFORM = 'Fw.d') are defined to
4717    be single precision reals (code = 42) if w is between 1 and 7 characters
4718    wide, inclusive.  Wider 'F' columns will return a double precision
4719    data code (= 82).  'Ew.d' format columns will have datacode = 42,
4720   and 'Dw.d' format columns will have datacode = 82.
4721\end{description}
4722
4723\begin{verbatim}
4724        FTASFM(tform, > datacode,width,decimals,status)
4725\end{verbatim}
4726
4727\begin{description}
4728\item[16] Calculate the starting column positions and total ASCII table width
4729    based on the input array of ASCII table TFORM values.  The SPACE input
4730    parameter defines how many blank spaces to leave between each column
4731    (it is recommended to have one space between columns for better human
4732   readability).
4733\end{description}
4734
4735\begin{verbatim}
4736        FTGABC(tfields,tform,space, > rowlen,tbcol,status)
4737\end{verbatim}
4738
4739\begin{description}
4740\item[17] Parse a template string and return a formatted 80-character string
4741    suitable for appending to (or deleting from) a FITS header file.
4742    This subroutine is useful for parsing lines from an ASCII template file
4743    and reformatting them into legal FITS header records.  The formatted
4744    string may then be passed to the FTPREC, FTMCRD, or FTDKEY subroutines
4745   to append or modify a FITS header record.
4746\end{description}
4747
4748\begin{verbatim}
4749        FTGTHD(template, > card,hdtype,status)
4750\end{verbatim}
4751    The input TEMPLATE character string generally should contain 3 tokens:
4752    (1) the KEYNAME, (2) the VALUE, and (3) the COMMENT string.  The
4753    TEMPLATE string must adhere to the following format:
4754
4755
4756\begin{description}
4757\item[- ]     The KEYNAME token must begin in columns 1-8 and be a maximum  of 8
4758        characters long.  If the first 8 characters of the template line are
4759        blank then the remainder of the line is considered to be a FITS comment
4760        (with a blank keyword name).  A legal FITS keyword name may only
4761        contain the characters A-Z, 0-9, and '-' (minus sign) and
4762        underscore.  This subroutine will automatically convert any lowercase
4763        characters to uppercase in the output string.  If KEYNAME = 'COMMENT'
4764        or 'HISTORY' then the remainder of the line is considered to be a FITS
4765       COMMENT or HISTORY record, respectively.
4766\end{description}
4767
4768
4769\begin{description}
4770\item[- ]     The VALUE token must be separated from the KEYNAME token by one or more
4771        spaces and/or an '=' character.  The datatype of the VALUE token
4772        (numeric, logical, or character string) is automatically determined
4773        and  the output CARD string is formatted accordingly.  The value
4774        token may be forced to be interpreted as a string (e.g. if it is a
4775        string of numeric digits) by enclosing it in single quotes.
4776        If the value token is a character string that contains 1 or more
4777        embedded blank space characters or slash ('/') characters then the
4778       entire character string must be enclosed in single quotes.
4779\end{description}
4780
4781
4782\begin{description}
4783\item[- ]     The COMMENT token is optional, but if present must be separated from
4784       the VALUE token by a blank space or a  '/' character.
4785\end{description}
4786
4787
4788\begin{description}
4789\item[- ]     One exception to the above rules is that if the first non-blank
4790        character in the template string is a minus sign ('-') followed
4791        by a single token, or a single token followed by an equal sign,
4792        then it is interpreted as the name of a keyword which is to be
4793       deleted from the FITS header.
4794\end{description}
4795
4796
4797\begin{description}
4798\item[- ]     The second exception is that if the template string starts with
4799        a minus sign and is followed by 2 tokens then the second token
4800        is interpreted as the new name for the keyword specified by
4801        first token.  In this case the old keyword name (first token)
4802        is returned in characters 1-8 of the returned CARD string, and
4803        the new keyword name (the second token) is returned in characters
4804        41-48 of the returned CARD string.  These old and new names
4805        may then be passed to the FTMNAM subroutine which will change
4806       the keyword name.
4807\end{description}
4808
4809    The HDTYPE output parameter indicates how the returned CARD string
4810    should be interpreted:
4811
4812\begin{verbatim}
4813        hdtype                  interpretation
4814        ------           -------------------------------------------------
4815           -2            Modify the name of the keyword given in CARD(1:8)
4816                         to the new name given in CARD(41:48)
4817
4818           -1            CARD(1:8) contains the name of a keyword to be deleted
4819                         from the FITS header.
4820
4821            0            append the CARD string to the FITS header if the
4822                         keyword does not already exist, otherwise update
4823                         the value/comment if the keyword is already present
4824                         in the header.
4825
4826            1            simply append this keyword to the FITS header (CARD
4827                         is either a HISTORY or COMMENT keyword).
4828
4829            2            This is a FITS END record; it should not be written
4830                         to the FITS header because FITSIO automatically
4831                         appends the END record when the header is closed.
4832\end{verbatim}
4833     EXAMPLES:  The following lines illustrate valid input template strings:
4834
4835\begin{verbatim}
4836      INTVAL 7 This is an integer keyword
4837      RVAL           34.6   /     This is a floating point keyword
4838      EVAL=-12.45E-03  This is a floating point keyword in exponential notation
4839      lval F This is a boolean keyword
4840                  This is a comment keyword with a blank keyword name
4841      SVAL1 = 'Hello world'   /  this is a string keyword
4842      SVAL2  '123.5'  this is also a string keyword
4843      sval3  123+  /  this is also a string keyword with the value '123+    '
4844      # the following template line deletes the DATE keyword
4845      - DATE
4846      # the following template line modifies the NAME keyword to OBJECT
4847      - NAME OBJECT
4848\end{verbatim}
4849
4850\begin{description}
4851\item[18]  Parse the input string containing a list of rows or row ranges, and
4852     return integer arrays containing the first and last row in each
4853     range.  For example, if rowlist = "3-5, 6, 8-9" then it will
4854     return numranges = 3, rangemin = 3, 6, 8 and rangemax = 5, 6, 9.
4855     At most, 'maxranges' number of ranges will be returned.  'maxrows'
4856     is the maximum number of rows in the table; any rows or ranges
4857     larger than this will be ignored.  The rows must be specified in
4858     increasing order, and the ranges must not overlap. A minus sign
4859     may be use to specify all the rows to the upper or lower bound, so
4860     "50-" means all the rows from 50 to the end of the table, and "-"
4861    means all the rows in the table, from 1 - maxrows.
4862\end{description}
4863
4864\begin{verbatim}
4865    FTRWRG(rowlist, maxrows, maxranges, >
4866           numranges, rangemin, rangemax, status)
4867\end{verbatim}
4868
4869
4870
4871\chapter{ The CFITSIO Iterator Function }
4872
4873The fits\_iterate\_data function in CFITSIO provides a unique method of
4874executing an arbitrary user-supplied `work' function that operates on
4875rows of data in  FITS tables or on pixels in FITS images.  Rather than
4876explicitly reading and writing the FITS images or columns of data, one
4877instead calls the CFITSIO iterator routine, passing to it the name of
4878the user's work function that is to be executed along with a list of
4879all the table columns or image arrays that are to be passed to the work
4880function.  The CFITSIO iterator function then does all the work of
4881allocating memory for the arrays, reading the input data from the FITS
4882file, passing them to the work function, and then writing any output
4883data back to the FITS file after the work function exits.  Because
4884it is often more efficient to process only a subset of the total table
4885rows at one time, the iterator function can determine the optimum
4886amount of data to pass in each iteration and repeatedly call the work
4887function until the entire table been processed.
4888
4889For many applications this single CFITSIO iterator function can
4890effectively replace all the other CFITSIO routines for reading or
4891writing data in FITS images or tables.  Using the iterator has several
4892important advantages over the traditional method of reading and writing
4893FITS data files:
4894
4895\begin{itemize}
4896\item
4897It cleanly separates the data I/O from the routine that operates on
4898the data.  This leads to a more modular and `object oriented'
4899programming style.
4900
4901\item
4902It simplifies the application program by eliminating the need to allocate
4903memory for the data arrays and eliminates most of the calls to the CFITSIO
4904routines that explicitly read and write the data.
4905
4906\item
4907It ensures that the data are processed as efficiently as possible.
4908This is especially important when processing tabular data since
4909the iterator function will calculate the most efficient number
4910of rows in the table to be passed at one time to the user's work
4911function on each iteration.
4912
4913\item
4914Makes it possible for larger projects to develop a library of work
4915functions that all have a uniform calling sequence and are all
4916independent of the details of the FITS file format.
4917
4918\end{itemize}
4919
4920There are basically 2 steps in using the CFITSIO iterator function.
4921The first step is to design the work function itself which must have a
4922prescribed set of input parameters.  One of these parameters is a
4923structure containing pointers to the arrays of data; the work function
4924can perform any desired operations on these arrays and does not need to
4925worry about how the input data were read from the file or how the
4926output data get written back to the file.
4927
4928The second step is to design the driver routine that opens all the
4929necessary FITS files and initializes  the input parameters to the
4930iterator function.  The driver program calls the CFITSIO iterator
4931function which then reads the data and passes it to the user's work
4932function.
4933
4934Further details on using the iterator function can be found in the
4935companion CFITSIO User's Guide, and in the iter\_a.f, iter\_b.f and
4936iter\_c.f example programs.
4937
4938
4939
4940\chapter{  Extended File Name Syntax }
4941
4942
4943\section{Overview}
4944
4945CFITSIO supports an extended syntax when specifying the name of the
4946data file to be opened or created  that includes the following
4947features:
4948
4949\begin{itemize}
4950\item
4951CFITSIO can read IRAF format images which have header file names that
4952end with the '.imh' extension, as well as reading and writing FITS
4953files,   This feature is implemented in CFITSIO by first converting the
4954IRAF image into a temporary FITS format file in memory, then opening
4955the FITS file.  Any of the usual CFITSIO routines then may be used to
4956read the image header or data.  Similarly, raw binary data arrays can
4957be read by converting them on the fly into virtual FITS images.
4958
4959\item
4960FITS files on the Internet can be read (and sometimes written) using the FTP,
4961HTTP, or ROOT protocols.
4962
4963\item
4964FITS files can be piped between tasks on the stdin and stdout streams.
4965
4966\item
4967FITS files can be read and written in shared memory.  This can potentially
4968achieve much better data I/O performance compared to reading and
4969writing the same FITS files on magnetic disk.
4970
4971\item
4972Compressed FITS files in gzip or Unix COMPRESS format can be directly read.
4973
4974\item
4975Output FITS files can be written directly in compressed gzip format,
4976thus saving disk space.
4977
4978\item
4979FITS table columns can be created, modified, or deleted 'on-the-fly' as
4980the table is opened by CFITSIO.  This creates a virtual FITS file containing
4981the modifications that is then opened by the application program.
4982
4983\item
4984Table rows may be selected, or filtered out, on the fly when the table
4985is opened by CFITSIO, based on an arbitrary user-specified expression.
4986Only rows for which the expression evaluates to 'TRUE' are retained
4987in the copy of the table that is opened by the application program.
4988
4989\item
4990Histogram images may be created on the fly by binning the values in
4991table columns, resulting in a virtual N-dimensional FITS image.  The
4992application program then only sees the FITS image (in the primary
4993array) instead of the original FITS table.
4994\end{itemize}
4995
4996The latter 3 features in particular add very powerful data processing
4997capabilities directly into CFITSIO, and hence into every task that uses
4998CFITSIO to read or write FITS files.  For example, these features
4999transform a very simple program that just copies an input FITS file to
5000a new output file (like the `fitscopy' program that is distributed with
5001CFITSIO) into a multipurpose FITS file processing tool.  By appending
5002fairly simple qualifiers onto the name of the input FITS file, the user
5003can perform quite complex table editing operations (e.g., create new
5004columns, or filter out rows in a table) or create FITS images by
5005binning or histogramming the values in table columns.  In addition,
5006these functions have been coded using new state-of-the art algorithms
5007that are, in some cases, 10 - 100 times faster than previous widely
5008used implementations.
5009
5010Before describing the complete syntax for the extended FITS file names
5011in the next section, here are a few examples of FITS file names that
5012give a quick overview of the allowed syntax:
5013
5014\begin{itemize}
5015\item
5016{\tt 'myfile.fits'}: the simplest case of a FITS file on disk in the current
5017directory.
5018
5019\item
5020{\tt 'myfile.imh'}: opens an IRAF format image file and converts it on the
5021fly into a temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with
5022any other CFITSIO routine.
5023
5024\item
5025{\tt rawfile.dat[i512,512]}: opens a raw binary data array (a 512 x 512
5026short integer array in this case) and converts it on the fly into a
5027temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with any
5028other CFITSIO routine.
5029
5030\item
5031{\tt myfile.fits.gz}: if this is the name of a new output file, the '.gz'
5032suffix will cause it to be compressed in gzip format when it is written to
5033disk.
5034
5035\item
5036{\tt 'myfile.fits.gz[events, 2]'}:  opens and uncompresses the gzipped file
5037myfile.fits then moves to the extension which has the keywords EXTNAME
5038= 'EVENTS' and EXTVER = 2.
5039
5040\item
5041{\tt '-'}:  a dash (minus sign) signifies that the input file is to be read
5042from the stdin file stream, or that the output file is to be written to
5043the stdout stream.
5044
5045\item
5046{\tt 'ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits'}:  FITS files in any ftp
5047archive site on the Internet may be directly opened with read-only
5048access.
5049
5050\item
5051{\tt 'http://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/test.fits'}: any valid URL to a
5052FITS file on the Web may be opened with read-only access.
5053
5054\item
5055{\tt 'root://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits'}: similar to ftp access
5056except that it provides write as well as read access to the files
5057across the network. This uses the root protocol developed at CERN.
5058
5059\item
5060{\tt 'shmem://h2[events]'}: opens the FITS file in a shared memory segment and
5061moves to the EVENTS extension.
5062
5063\item
5064{\tt 'mem://'}:  creates a scratch output file in core computer memory.  The
5065resulting 'file' will disappear when the program exits, so this
5066is mainly useful for testing purposes when one does not want a
5067permanent copy of the output file.
5068
5069\item
5070{\tt 'myfile.fits[3; Images(10)]'}: opens a copy of the image contained in the
507110th row of the 'Images' column in the binary table in the 3th extension
5072of the FITS file.  The application just sees this single image as the
5073primary array.
5074
5075\item
5076{\tt 'myfile.fits[1:512:2, 1:512:2]'}: opens a section of the input image
5077ranging from the 1st to the 512th pixel in  X and Y, and selects every
5078second pixel in both dimensions, resulting in a 256 x 256 pixel image
5079in this case.
5080
5081\item
5082{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][col Rad = sqrt(X**2 + Y**2)]'}:  creates and opens
5083a temporary file on the fly (in memory or on disk) that is identical to
5084myfile.fits except that it will contain a new column in the EVENTS
5085extension called 'Rad' whose value is computed using the indicated
5086expression which is a function of the values in the X and Y columns.
5087
5088\item
5089{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][PHA > 5]'}:  creates and opens a temporary FITS
5090files that is identical to 'myfile.fits' except that the EVENTS table
5091will only contain the rows that have values of the PHA column greater
5092than 5.  In general, any arbitrary boolean expression using a C or
5093Fortran-like syntax, which may combine AND and OR operators,
5094may be used to select rows from a table.
5095
5096\item
5097{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][bin (X,Y)=1,2048,4]'}:  creates a temporary FITS
5098primary array image which is computed on the fly by binning (i.e,
5099computing the 2-dimensional histogram) of the values in the X and Y
5100columns of the EVENTS extension.  In this case the X and Y coordinates
5101range from 1 to 2048 and the image pixel size is 4 units in both
5102dimensions, so the resulting image is 512 x 512 pixels in size.
5103
5104\item
5105The final example combines many of these feature into one complex
5106expression (it is broken into several lines for clarity):
5107
5108\begin{verbatim}
5109  'ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/data/sample.fits.gz[EVENTS]
5110   [col phacorr = pha * 1.1 - 0.3][phacorr >= 5.0 && phacorr <= 14.0]
5111   [bin (X,Y)=32]'
5112\end{verbatim}
5113In this case, CFITSIO (1) copies and uncompresses the FITS file from
5114the ftp site on the legacy machine, (2) moves to the 'EVENTS'
5115extension, (3) calculates a new column called 'phacorr', (4) selects
5116the rows in the table that have phacorr in the range 5 to 14, and
5117finally (5) bins the remaining rows on the X and Y column coordinates,
5118using a pixel size = 32 to create a 2D image.  All this processing is
5119completely transparent to the application program, which simply sees
5120the final 2-D image in the primary array of the opened file.
5121\end{itemize}
5122
5123The full extended CFITSIO FITS file name can contain several different
5124components depending on the context.  These components are described in
5125the following sections:
5126
5127\begin{verbatim}
5128When creating a new file:
5129   filetype://BaseFilename(templateName)
5130
5131When opening an existing primary array or image HDU:
5132   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][ImageSection]
5133
5134When opening an existing table HDU:
5135   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][colFilter][rowFilter][binSpec]
5136\end{verbatim}
5137The filetype, BaseFilename, outName, HDUlocation, and ImageSection
5138components, if present, must be given in that order, but the colFilter,
5139rowFilter, and binSpec specifiers may follow in any order.  Regardless
5140of the order, however, the colFilter specifier, if present, will be
5141processed first by CFITSIO, followed by the rowFilter specifier, and
5142finally by the binSpec specifier.
5143
5144
5145Multiple colFilter or rowFilter specifications may appear as separated
5146bracketed expressions, in any order.  Multiple colFilter or rowFilter
5147expressions are treated internally as a single effective expression,
5148with order of operations determined from left to right.  CFITSIO does
5149not support the @filename.txt complex syntax option if multiple
5150expressions are also used.
5151
5152\section{Filetype}
5153
5154The type of file determines the medium on which the file is located
5155(e.g., disk or network) and, hence, which internal device driver is used by
5156CFITSIO to read and/or write the file.  Currently supported types are
5157
5158\begin{verbatim}
5159        file://  - file on local magnetic disk (default)
5160        ftp://   - a readonly file accessed with the anonymous FTP protocol.
5161                   It also supports  ftp://username:password@hostname/...
5162                   for accessing password-protected ftp sites.
5163        http://  - a readonly file accessed with the HTTP protocol.  It
5164                   supports username:password just like the ftp driver.
5165                   Proxy HTTP servers are supported using the http_proxy
5166                   environment variable (see following note).
5167      stream://  - special driver to read an input FITS file from the stdin
5168                   stream, and/or write an output FITS file to the stdout
5169		   stream.  This driver is fragile and has limited
5170		   functionality (see the following note).
5171      gsiftp://  - access files on a computational grid using the gridftp
5172                   protocol in the Globus toolkit (see following note).
5173        root://  - uses the CERN root protocol for writing as well as
5174                   reading files over the network.
5175        shmem:// - opens or creates a file which persists in the computer's
5176                   shared memory.
5177        mem://   - opens a temporary file in core memory.  The file
5178                   disappears when the program exits so this is mainly
5179                   useful for test purposes when a permanent output file
5180                   is not desired.
5181\end{verbatim}
5182If the filetype is not specified, then type file:// is assumed.
5183The double slashes '//' are optional and may be omitted in most cases.
5184
5185
5186\subsection{Notes about HTTP proxy servers}
5187
5188A proxy HTTP server may be used by defining the address (URL) and port
5189number of the proxy server with the http\_proxy environment variable.
5190For example
5191
5192\begin{verbatim}
5193    setenv http_proxy http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov:3128
5194\end{verbatim}
5195will cause CFITSIO to use port 3128 on the heasarc proxy server whenever
5196reading a FITS file with HTTP.
5197
5198
5199\subsection{Notes about the stream filetype driver}
5200
5201The stream driver can be used to efficiently read a FITS file from the stdin
5202file stream or write a FITS to the stdout file stream.  However, because these
5203input and output streams must be accessed sequentially, the FITS file reading or
5204writing application must also read and write the file sequentially, at least
5205within the tolerances described below.
5206
5207CFITSIO supports 2 different methods for accessing FITS files on the stdin and
5208stdout streams.  The original method, which is invoked by specifying a dash
5209character, "-", as the name of the file when opening or creating it, works by
5210storing a complete copy of the entire FITS file in memory.  In this case, when
5211reading from stdin, CFITSIO will copy the entire stream into memory before doing
5212any processing of the file.  Similarly, when writing to stdout, CFITSIO will
5213create a copy of the entire FITS file in memory, before finally flushing it out
5214to  the stdout stream when the FITS file is closed.  Buffering the entire FITS
5215file in this way allows the application to randomly access any part of the FITS
5216file, in any order, but it also requires that the user have sufficient available
5217memory (or virtual memory) to store the entire file, which may not be possible
5218in the case of very large files.
5219
5220The newer stream filetype provides a more memory-efficient method of accessing
5221FITS files on the stdin or stdout streams.  Instead of storing a copy of the
5222entire FITS file in memory, CFITSIO only uses a set of internal  buffer which by
5223default can store  40 FITS blocks, or about  100K bytes of the FITS file.  The
5224application program must process the FITS file sequentially from beginning to
5225end, within this 100K buffer.  Generally speaking the application  program must
5226conform to the following restrictions:
5227
5228\begin{itemize}
5229\item
5230The program must finish reading or writing the header keywords
5231before reading or writing any data in the HDU.
5232\item
5233The HDU can contain at most about 1400 header keywords.  This is the
5234maximum that can fit in the nominal 40 FITS block buffer.  In principle,
5235this limit could be increased by recompiling CFITSIO with a larger
5236buffer limit, which is set by the NIOBUF parameter in fitsio2.h.
5237\item
5238The program must read or write the data in a sequential manner from the
5239beginning to the end of the HDU.  Note that CFITSIO's internal
5240100K buffer allows a little latitude in meeting this requirement.
5241\item
5242The program cannot move back to a previous HDU in the FITS file.
5243\item
5244Reading or writing of variable length array columns in binary tables is not
5245supported on streams, because this requires moving back and forth between the
5246fixed-length portion of the binary table and the following heap area where the
5247arrays are actually stored.
5248\item
5249Reading or writing of tile-compressed images is not supported on streams,
5250because the images are internally stored using variable length arrays.
5251\end{itemize}
5252
5253
5254\subsection{Notes about the gsiftp filetype}
5255
5256DEPENDENCIES: Globus toolkit (2.4.3 or higher) (GT) should be installed.
5257There are two different ways to install GT:
5258
52591) goto the globus toolkit web page www.globus.org and follow the
5260   download and compilation instructions;
5261
52622) goto the Virtual Data Toolkit web page http://vdt.cs.wisc.edu/
5263   and follow the instructions (STRONGLY SUGGESTED);
5264
5265Once a globus client has been installed in your system with a specific flavour
5266it is possible to compile and install the CFITSIO libraries.
5267Specific configuration flags must be used:
5268
52691)  --with-gsiftp[[=PATH]] Enable Globus Toolkit gsiftp protocol support
5270    PATH=GLOBUS\_LOCATION i.e. the location of your globus installation
5271
52722)  --with-gsiftp-flavour[[=PATH] defines the specific Globus flavour
5273        ex. gcc32
5274
5275Both the flags must be used and it is mandatory to set  both the PATH and the
5276flavour.
5277
5278USAGE: To access files on a gridftp server it is necessary to use a gsiftp prefix:
5279
5280example: gsiftp://remote\_server\_fqhn/directory/filename
5281
5282The gridftp driver uses a local buffer on a temporary file the file is located
5283in the /tmp directory. If you have special permissions on /tmp or you do not have a /tmp
5284directory, it is possible to force another location setting the GSIFTP\_TMPFILE environment
5285variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_TMPFILE=/your/location/yourtmpfile).
5286
5287Grid FTP supports multi channel transfer. By default a single channel transmission is
5288available. However, it is possible to modify this behavior setting the GSIFTP\_STREAMS
5289environment variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_STREAMS=8).
5290
5291
5292\subsection{Notes about the root filetype}
5293
5294The original rootd server can be obtained from:
5295\verb-ftp://root.cern.ch/root/rootd.tar.gz-
5296but, for it to work correctly with CFITSIO one has to use a modified
5297version which supports a command to return the length of the file.
5298This modified version is available in rootd subdirectory
5299in the CFITSIO ftp area at
5300
5301\begin{verbatim}
5302      ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c/root/rootd.tar.gz.
5303\end{verbatim}
5304
5305This small server is started either by inetd when a client requests a
5306connection to a rootd server or by hand (i.e. from the command line).
5307The rootd server works with the ROOT TNetFile class. It allows remote
5308access to ROOT database files in either read or write mode. By default
5309TNetFile assumes port 432 (which requires rootd to be started as root).
5310To run rootd via inetd add the following line to /etc/services:
5311
5312\begin{verbatim}
5313  rootd     432/tcp
5314\end{verbatim}
5315and to /etc/inetd.conf, add the following line:
5316
5317\begin{verbatim}
5318  rootd stream tcp nowait root /user/rdm/root/bin/rootd rootd -i
5319\end{verbatim}
5320Force inetd to reread its conf file with "kill -HUP <pid inetd>".
5321You can also start rootd by hand running directly under your private
5322account (no root system privileges needed). For example to start
5323rootd listening on port 5151 just type:   \verb+rootd -p 5151+
5324Notice: no \& is needed. Rootd will go into background by itself.
5325
5326\begin{verbatim}
5327  Rootd arguments:
5328    -i                says we were started by inetd
5329    -p port#          specifies a different port to listen on
5330    -d level          level of debug info written to syslog
5331                      0 = no debug (default)
5332                      1 = minimum
5333                      2 = medium
5334                      3 = maximum
5335\end{verbatim}
5336Rootd can also be configured for anonymous usage (like anonymous ftp).
5337To setup rootd to accept anonymous logins do the following (while being
5338logged in as root):
5339
5340\begin{verbatim}
5341   - Add the following line to /etc/passwd:
5342
5343     rootd:*:71:72:Anonymous rootd:/var/spool/rootd:/bin/false
5344
5345     where you may modify the uid, gid (71, 72) and the home directory
5346     to suite your system.
5347
5348   - Add the following line to /etc/group:
5349
5350     rootd:*:72:rootd
5351
5352     where the gid must match the gid in /etc/passwd.
5353
5354   - Create the directories:
5355
5356     mkdir /var/spool/rootd
5357     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/tmp
5358     chmod 777 /var/spool/rootd/tmp
5359
5360     Where /var/spool/rootd must match the rootd home directory as
5361     specified in the rootd /etc/passwd entry.
5362
5363   - To make writeable directories for anonymous do, for example:
5364
5365     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/pub
5366     chown rootd:rootd /var/spool/rootd/pub
5367\end{verbatim}
5368That's all.  Several additional remarks:  you can login to an anonymous
5369server either with the names "anonymous" or "rootd".  The password should
5370be of type user@host.do.main. Only the @ is enforced for the time
5371being.  In anonymous mode the top of the file tree is set to the rootd
5372home directory, therefore only files below the home directory can be
5373accessed.  Anonymous mode only works when the server is started via
5374inetd.
5375
5376
5377\subsection{Notes about the shmem filetype:}
5378
5379Shared memory files are currently supported on most Unix platforms,
5380where the shared memory segments are managed by the operating system
5381kernel and `live' independently of processes. They are not deleted (by
5382default) when the process which created them terminates, although they
5383will disappear if the system is rebooted.  Applications can create
5384shared memory files in CFITSIO by calling:
5385
5386\begin{verbatim}
5387   fit_create_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h2", &status);
5388\end{verbatim}
5389where the root `file' names are currently restricted to be 'h0', 'h1',
5390'h2', 'h3', etc., up to a maximum number defined by the the value of
5391SHARED\_MAXSEG (equal to 16 by default).  This is a prototype
5392implementation of the shared memory interface and a more robust
5393interface, which will have fewer restrictions on the number of files
5394and on their names, may be developed in the future.
5395
5396When opening an already existing FITS file in shared memory one calls
5397the usual CFITSIO routine:
5398
5399\begin{verbatim}
5400   fits_open_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h7", mode, &status)
5401\end{verbatim}
5402The file mode can be READWRITE or READONLY just as with disk files.
5403More than one process can operate on READONLY mode files at the same
5404time.  CFITSIO supports proper file locking (both in READONLY and
5405READWRITE modes), so calls to fits\_open\_file may be locked out until
5406another other process closes the file.
5407
5408When an application is finished accessing a FITS file in a shared
5409memory segment, it may close it  (and the file will remain in the
5410system) with fits\_close\_file, or delete it with fits\_delete\_file.
5411Physical deletion is postponed until the last process calls
5412ffclos/ffdelt.  fits\_delete\_file tries to obtain a READWRITE lock on
5413the file to be deleted, thus it can be blocked if the object was not
5414opened in READWRITE mode.
5415
5416A shared memory management utility program called `smem', is included
5417with the CFITSIO distribution.  It can be built by typing `make smem';
5418then type `smem -h' to get a list of valid options.  Executing smem
5419without any options causes it to list all the shared memory segments
5420currently residing in the system and managed by the shared memory
5421driver. To get a list of all the shared memory objects, run the system
5422utility program `ipcs  [-a]'.
5423
5424
5425\section{Base Filename}
5426
5427The base filename is the name of the file optionally including the
5428director/subdirectory path, and in the case of `ftp', `http', and `root'
5429filetypes, the machine identifier.  Examples:
5430
5431\begin{verbatim}
5432    myfile.fits
5433    !data.fits
5434    /data/myfile.fits
5435    fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftp/sampledata/myfile.fits.gz
5436\end{verbatim}
5437
5438When creating a new output file on magnetic disk (of type file://) if
5439the base filename begins with an exclamation point (!) then any
5440existing file with that same basename will be deleted prior to creating
5441the new FITS file.  Otherwise if the file to be created already exists,
5442then CFITSIO will return an error and will not overwrite the existing
5443file.  Note  that the exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX character,
5444so if it is used  on the command line rather than entered at a task
5445prompt, it must be  preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX
5446shell to pass it verbatim to the application program.
5447
5448If the output disk file name ends with the suffix '.gz', then CFITSIO
5449will compress the file using the gzip compression algorithm before
5450writing it to disk.  This can reduce the amount of disk space used by
5451the file.  Note that this feature requires that the uncompressed file
5452be constructed in memory before it is compressed and written to disk,
5453so it can fail if there is insufficient available memory.
5454
5455An input FITS file may be compressed with the gzip or Unix compress
5456algorithms, in which case CFITSIO will uncompress the file on the fly
5457into a temporary file (in memory or on disk).  Compressed files may
5458only be opened with read-only permission.  When specifying the name of
5459a compressed FITS file it is not necessary to append the file suffix
5460(e.g., `.gz' or `.Z').  If CFITSIO cannot find the input file name
5461without the suffix, then it will automatically search for a compressed
5462file with the same root name.  In the case of reading ftp and http type
5463files, CFITSIO generally looks for a compressed version of the file
5464first, before trying to open the uncompressed file.  By default,
5465CFITSIO copies (and uncompressed if necessary) the ftp or http FITS
5466file into memory on the local machine before opening it.  This will
5467fail if the local machine does not have enough memory to hold the whole
5468FITS file, so in this case, the output filename specifier (see the next
5469section) can be used to further control how CFITSIO reads ftp and http
5470files.
5471
5472If the input file is an IRAF image file (*.imh file) then CFITSIO will
5473automatically convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image before it
5474is opened by the application program.  IRAF images can only be opened
5475with READONLY file access.
5476
5477Similarly, if the input file is a raw binary data array, then CFITSIO
5478will convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image with the basic set
5479of required header keywords before it is opened by the application
5480program (with READONLY access).  In this case the data type and
5481dimensions of the image must be specified in square brackets following
5482the filename (e.g. rawfile.dat[ib512,512]). The first character (case
5483insensitive) defines the datatype of the array:
5484
5485\begin{verbatim}
5486     b         8-bit unsigned byte
5487     i        16-bit signed integer
5488     u        16-bit unsigned integer
5489     j        32-bit signed integer
5490     r or f   32-bit floating point
5491     d        64-bit floating point
5492\end{verbatim}
5493An optional second character specifies the byte order of the array
5494values: b or B indicates big endian (as in FITS files and the native
5495format of SUN UNIX workstations and Mac PCs) and l or L indicates
5496little endian (native format of DEC OSF workstations and IBM PCs).  If
5497this character is omitted then the array is assumed to have the native
5498byte order of the local machine.  These datatype characters are then
5499followed by a series of one or more integer values separated by commas
5500which define the size of each dimension of the raw array.  Arrays with
5501up to 5 dimensions are currently supported.  Finally, a byte offset to
5502the position of the first pixel in the data file may be specified by
5503separating it with a ':' from the last dimension value.  If omitted, it
5504is assumed that the offset = 0.  This parameter may be used to skip
5505over any header information in the file that precedes the binary data.
5506Further examples:
5507
5508\begin{verbatim}
5509  raw.dat[b10000]           1-dimensional 10000 pixel byte array
5510  raw.dat[rb400,400,12]     3-dimensional floating point big-endian array
5511  img.fits[ib512,512:2880]  reads the 512 x 512 short integer array in
5512                            a FITS file, skipping over the 2880 byte header
5513\end{verbatim}
5514
5515One special case of input file is where the filename = `-' (a dash or
5516minus sign) or 'stdin' or 'stdout', which signifies that the input file
5517is to be read from the stdin stream, or written to the stdout stream if
5518a new output file is being created.  In the case of reading from stdin,
5519CFITSIO first copies the whole stream into a temporary FITS file (in
5520memory or on disk), and subsequent reading of the FITS file occurs in
5521this copy.  When writing to stdout, CFITSIO first constructs the whole
5522file in memory (since random access is required), then flushes it out
5523to the stdout stream when the file is closed.   In addition, if the
5524output filename = '-.gz' or 'stdout.gz' then it will be gzip compressed
5525before being written to stdout.
5526
5527This ability to read and write on the stdin and stdout steams allows
5528FITS files to be piped between tasks in memory rather than having to
5529create temporary intermediate FITS files on disk.  For example if task1
5530creates an output FITS file, and task2 reads an input FITS file, the
5531FITS file may be piped between the 2 tasks by specifying
5532
5533\begin{verbatim}
5534   task1 - | task2 -
5535\end{verbatim}
5536where the vertical bar is the Unix piping symbol.  This assumes that the 2
5537tasks read the name of the FITS file off of the command line.
5538
5539
5540\section{Output File Name when Opening an Existing File}
5541
5542An optional output filename may be specified in parentheses immediately
5543following the base file name to be opened.  This is mainly useful in
5544those cases where CFITSIO creates a temporary copy of the input FITS
5545file before it is opened and passed to the application program.  This
5546happens by default when opening a network FTP or HTTP-type file, when
5547reading a compressed FITS file on a local disk, when reading from the
5548stdin stream, or when a column filter, row filter, or binning specifier
5549is included as part of the input file specification.  By default this
5550temporary file is created in memory.  If there is not enough memory to
5551create the file copy, then CFITSIO will exit with an error.   In these
5552cases one can force a permanent file to be created on disk, instead of
5553a temporary file in memory, by supplying the name in parentheses
5554immediately following the base file name.  The output filename can
5555include the '!' clobber flag.
5556
5557Thus, if the input filename to CFITSIO is:
5558\verb+file1.fits.gz(file2.fits)+
5559then CFITSIO will uncompress `file1.fits.gz' into the local disk file
5560`file2.fits' before opening it.  CFITSIO does not automatically delete
5561the output file, so it will still exist after the application program
5562exits.
5563
5564In some cases, several different temporary FITS files will be created
5565in sequence, for instance, if one opens a remote file using FTP, then
5566filters rows in a binary table extension, then create an image by
5567binning a pair of columns.  In this case, the remote file will be
5568copied to a temporary local file, then a second temporary file will be
5569created containing the filtered rows of the table, and finally a third
5570temporary file containing the binned image will be created.  In cases
5571like this where multiple files are created, the outfile specifier will
5572be interpreted the name of the final file as described below, in descending
5573priority:
5574
5575\begin{itemize}
5576\item
5577as the name of the final image file if an image within a single binary
5578table cell is opened or if an image is created by binning a table column.
5579\item
5580as the name of the file containing the filtered table if a column filter
5581and/or a row filter are specified.
5582\item
5583as the name of the local copy of the remote FTP or HTTP file.
5584\item
5585as the name of the uncompressed version of the FITS file, if a
5586compressed FITS file on local disk has been opened.
5587\item
5588otherwise, the output filename is ignored.
5589\end{itemize}
5590
5591
5592The output file specifier is useful when reading FTP or HTTP-type
5593FITS files since it can be used to create a local disk copy of the file
5594that can be reused in the future.  If the output file name = `*' then a
5595local file with the same name as the network file will be created.
5596Note that CFITSIO will behave differently depending on whether the
5597remote file is compressed or not as shown by the following examples:
5598\begin{itemize}
5599\item
5600`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(*)' - the remote compressed
5601file is copied to the local compressed file `myfile.fits.gz', which
5602is then uncompressed in local memory before being opened and passed
5603to the application program.
5604
5605\item
5606`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(myfile.fits)' - the remote
5607compressed file is copied and uncompressed into the local file
5608`myfile.fits'.  This example requires less local memory than the
5609previous example since the file is uncompressed on disk instead of
5610in memory.
5611
5612\item
5613`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits(myfile.fits.gz)' - this will
5614usually produce an error since CFITSIO itself cannot compress files.
5615\end{itemize}
5616
5617The exact behavior of CFITSIO in the latter case depends on the type of
5618ftp server running on the remote machine and how it is configured.  In
5619some cases, if the file `myfile.fits.gz' exists on the remote machine,
5620then the server will copy it to the local machine.  In other cases the
5621ftp server will automatically create and transmit a compressed version
5622of the file if only the uncompressed version exists.  This can get
5623rather confusing, so users should use a certain amount of caution when
5624using the output file specifier with FTP or HTTP file types, to make
5625sure they get the behavior that they expect.
5626
5627
5628\section{Template File Name when Creating a New File}
5629
5630When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
5631name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
5632following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
5633used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
5634template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
5635file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
5636FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
5637template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
5638general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
5639template file is described below.
5640
5641
5642\section{Image Tile-Compression Specification}
5643
5644When specifying the name of the output FITS file to be created, the
5645user can indicate that images should be written in tile-compressed
5646format (see section 5.5, ``Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O
5647Routines'') by enclosing the compression parameters in square brackets
5648following the root disk file name.  Here are some examples of the
5649syntax for specifying tile-compressed output images:
5650
5651\begin{verbatim}
5652    myfile.fit[compress]    - use Rice algorithm and default tile size
5653
5654    myfile.fit[compress GZIP] - use the specified compression algorithm;
5655    myfile.fit[compress Rice]     only the first letter of the algorithm
5656    myfile.fit[compress PLIO]     name is required.
5657
5658    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100]   - use 100 x 100 pixel tile size
5659    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100;2] - as above, and use noisebits = 2
5660\end{verbatim}
5661
5662
5663\section{HDU Location Specification}
5664
5665The optional HDU location specifier defines which HDU (Header-Data
5666Unit, also known as an `extension') within the FITS file to initially
5667open.  It must immediately follow the base file name (or the output
5668file name if present).  If it is not specified then the first HDU (the
5669primary array) is opened.  The HDU location specifier is required if
5670the colFilter, rowFilter, or binSpec specifiers are present, because
5671the primary array is not a valid HDU for these operations. The HDU may
5672be specified either by absolute position number, starting with 0 for
5673the primary array, or by reference to the HDU name, and optionally, the
5674version number and the HDU type of the desired extension.  The location
5675of an image within a single cell of a binary table may also be
5676specified, as described below.
5677
5678The absolute position of the extension is specified either by enclosed
5679the number in square brackets (e.g., `[1]' = the first extension
5680following the primary array) or by preceded the number with a plus sign
5681(`+1').  To specify the HDU by name, give the name of the desired HDU
5682(the value of the EXTNAME or HDUNAME keyword) and optionally the
5683extension version number (value of the EXTVER keyword) and the
5684extension type (value of the XTENSION keyword: IMAGE, ASCII or TABLE,
5685or BINTABLE), separated by commas and all enclosed in square brackets.
5686If the value of EXTVER and XTENSION are not specified, then the first
5687extension with the correct value of EXTNAME is opened. The extension
5688name and type are not case sensitive, and the extension type may be
5689abbreviated to a single letter (e.g., I = IMAGE extension or primary
5690array, A or T = ASCII table extension, and B = binary table BINTABLE
5691extension).   If the HDU location specifier is equal to `[PRIMARY]' or
5692`[P]', then the primary array (the first HDU) will be opened.
5693
5694FITS images are most commonly stored in the primary array or an image
5695extension, but images can also be stored as a vector in a single cell
5696of a binary table (i.e. each row of the vector column contains a
5697different image).  Such an image can be opened with CFITSIO by
5698specifying the desired column  name and the row number after the binary
5699table HDU specifier as shown in the following examples. The column name
5700is separated from the HDU specifier by a semicolon and the row number
5701is enclosed in parentheses.  In this case CFITSIO copies the image from
5702the table cell into a temporary primary array before it is opened.  The
5703application program then just sees the image in the primary array,
5704without any extensions.  The particular row to be opened may be
5705specified either by giving an absolute integer row number (starting
5706with 1 for the first row), or by specifying a boolean expression that
5707evaluates to TRUE for the desired row.  The first row that satisfies
5708the expression will be used.  The row selection expression has the same
5709syntax as described in the Row Filter Specifier section, below.
5710
5711 Examples:
5712
5713\begin{verbatim}
5714   myfile.fits[3] - open the 3rd HDU following the primary array
5715   myfile.fits+3  - same as above, but using the FTOOLS-style notation
5716   myfile.fits[EVENTS] - open the extension that has EXTNAME = 'EVENTS'
5717   myfile.fits[EVENTS, 2]  - same as above, but also requires EXTVER = 2
5718   myfile.fits[events,2,b] - same, but also requires XTENSION = 'BINTABLE'
5719   myfile.fits[3; images(17)] - opens the image in row 17 of the 'images'
5720                                column in the 3rd extension of the file.
5721   myfile.fits[3; images(exposure > 100)] - as above, but opens the image
5722                   in the first row that has an 'exposure' column value
5723                   greater than 100.
5724\end{verbatim}
5725
5726
5727\section{Image Section}
5728
5729A virtual file containing a rectangular subsection of an image can be
5730extracted and opened by specifying the range of pixels (start:end)
5731along each axis to be extracted from the original image.  One can also
5732specify an optional pixel increment (start:end:step) for each axis of
5733the input image.  A pixel step = 1 will be assumed if it is not
5734specified.  If the start pixel is larger then the end pixel, then the
5735image will be flipped (producing a mirror image) along that dimension.
5736An asterisk, '*', may be used to specify the entire range of an axis,
5737and '-*' will flip the entire axis. The input image can be in the
5738primary array, in an image extension, or contained in a vector cell of
5739a binary table. In the later 2 cases the extension name or number must
5740be specified before the image section specifier.
5741
5742 Examples:
5743
5744\begin{verbatim}
5745  myfile.fits[1:512:2, 2:512:2] -  open a 256x256 pixel image
5746              consisting of the odd numbered columns (1st axis) and
5747              the even numbered rows (2nd axis) of the image in the
5748              primary array of the file.
5749
5750  myfile.fits[*, 512:256] - open an image consisting of all the columns
5751              in the input image, but only rows 256 through 512.
5752              The image will be flipped along the 2nd axis since
5753              the starting pixel is greater than the ending pixel.
5754
5755  myfile.fits[*:2, 512:256:2] - same as above but keeping only
5756              every other row and column in the input image.
5757
5758  myfile.fits[-*, *] - copy the entire image, flipping it along
5759              the first axis.
5760
5761  myfile.fits[3][1:256,1:256] - opens a subsection of the image that
5762              is in the 3rd extension of the file.
5763
5764  myfile.fits[4; images(12)][1:10,1:10] - open an image consisting
5765	      of the first 10 pixels in both dimensions. The original
5766	      image resides in the 12th row of the 'images' vector
5767	      column in the table in the 4th extension of the file.
5768\end{verbatim}
5769
5770When CFITSIO opens an image section it first creates a temporary file
5771containing the image section plus a copy of any other HDUs in the
5772file.  This temporary file is then opened by the application program,
5773so it is not possible to write to or modify the input file when
5774specifying an image section.  Note that CFITSIO automatically updates
5775the world coordinate system keywords in the header of the image
5776section, if they exist, so that the coordinate associated with each
5777pixel in the image section will be computed correctly.
5778
5779
5780\section{Image Transform Filters}
5781
5782CFITSIO can apply a user-specified mathematical function to the value
5783of every pixel in a FITS image, thus creating a new virtual image
5784in computer memory that is then opened and read by the application
5785program.  The original FITS image is not modified by this process.
5786
5787The image transformation specifier is appended to the input
5788FITS file name and is enclosed in square brackets.  It begins with the
5789letters 'PIX' to distinguish it from other types of FITS file filters
5790that are recognized by CFITSIO.  The image transforming function may
5791use any of the mathematical operators listed in the following
5792'Row Filtering Specification' section of this document.
5793Some examples of  image transform filters are:
5794
5795\begin{verbatim}
5796 [pix X * 2.0]               - multiply each pixel by 2.0
5797 [pix sqrt(X)]               - take the square root of each pixel
5798 [pix X + #ZEROPT            - add the value of the ZEROPT keyword
5799 [pix X>0 ? log10(X) : -99.] - if the pixel value is greater
5800                               than 0, compute the base 10 log,
5801                               else set the pixel = -99.
5802\end{verbatim}
5803Use the letter 'X' in the expression to represent the current pixel value
5804in the image.  The expression is evaluated
5805independently for each pixel in the image and may be a function of 1) the
5806original pixel value, 2) the value of other pixels in the image at
5807a given relative offset from the position of the pixel that is being
5808evaluated, and 3) the value of
5809any header keywords.  Header keyword values are represented
5810by the name of the keyword preceded by the '\#' sign.
5811
5812
5813To access the the value of adjacent pixels in the image,
5814specify the (1-D) offset from the current pixel in curly brackets.
5815For example
5816
5817\begin{verbatim}
5818 [pix  (x{-1} + x + x{+1}) / 3]
5819\end{verbatim}
5820will replace each pixel value with the running mean of the values of that
5821pixel and it's 2 neighboring pixels.  Note that in this notation the image
5822is treated as a 1-D array, where each row of the image (or higher dimensional
5823cube) is appended one after another in one long array of pixels.
5824It is possible to refer to pixels
5825in the rows above or below the current pixel by using the value of the
5826NAXIS1 header keyword.  For example
5827
5828\begin{verbatim}
5829 [pix (x{-#NAXIS1} + x + x{#NAXIS1}) / 3]
5830\end{verbatim}
5831will compute the mean of each image pixel and the pixels immediately
5832above and below it in the adjacent rows of the image.
5833The following more complex example
5834creates a smoothed virtual image where each pixel
5835is a 3 x 3 boxcar average of the input image pixels:
5836
5837\begin{verbatim}
5838  [pix (X + X{-1} + X{+1}
5839      + X{-#NAXIS1} + X{-#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{-#NAXIS1 + 1}
5840      + X{#NAXIS1} + X{#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{#NAXIS1 + 1}) / 9.]
5841\end{verbatim}
5842If the pixel offset
5843extends beyond the first or last pixel in the image, the function will
5844evaluate to undefined, or NULL.
5845
5846For  complex  or commonly used image filtering operations,
5847one  can  write the expression into an external text  file and
5848then import it  into the
5849filter using  the syntax '[pix @filename.txt]'.   The mathematical
5850expression can
5851extend over multiple lines of text in the  file.
5852Any lines in the external text file
5853that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
5854used to add comments into the file.
5855
5856When using column filtering to open a file ``on the fly,'' it is permitted
5857to use multiple column filtering expressions.  For example, the
5858syntax
5859\begin{verbatim}
5860  filename.fits[col *][col -Y][col Z=X+1]
5861\end{verbatim}
5862would be treated as equivalent to joining the expressions with semicolons,
5863or
5864\begin{verbatim}
5865  filename.fits[col *; -Y;col Z=X+1]
5866\end{verbatim}
5867Please note that if multiple column filtering expressions are used, it is
5868not permitted to also use the \verb+[col @filename.txt]+ syntax in any
5869of the individual expressions.
5870
5871By default, the datatype of the resulting image will be the same as
5872the original image, but one may force a different datatype by appended
5873a code letter to the 'pix' keyword:
5874
5875\begin{verbatim}
5876      pixb  -  8-bit byte    image with BITPIX =   8
5877      pixi  - 16-bit integer image with BITPIX =  16
5878      pixj  - 32-bit integer image with BITPIX =  32
5879      pixr  - 32-bit float   image with BITPIX = -32
5880      pixd  - 64-bit float   image with BITPIX = -64
5881\end{verbatim}
5882Also by default, any other HDUs in the input file will be copied without
5883change to the
5884output virtual FITS file, but one may discard the other HDUs by adding
5885the number '1' to the 'pix' keyword (and following any optional datatype code
5886letter).  For example:
5887
5888\begin{verbatim}
5889     myfile.fits[3][pixr1  sqrt(X)]
5890\end{verbatim}
5891will create a virtual FITS file containing only a primary array image
5892with 32-bit floating point pixels that have a value equal to the square
5893root of the pixels in the image that is in the 3rd extension
5894of the 'myfile.fits' file.
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899\section{Column and Keyword Filtering Specification}
5900
5901The optional column/keyword filtering specifier is used to modify the
5902column structure and/or the header keywords in the HDU that was
5903selected with the previous HDU location specifier. This filtering
5904specifier must be enclosed in square brackets and can be distinguished
5905from a general row filter specifier (described below) by the fact that
5906it begins with the string 'col ' and is not immediately followed by an
5907equals sign.  The original file is not changed by this filtering
5908operation, and instead the modifications are made on a copy of the
5909input FITS file (usually in memory), which also contains a copy of all
5910the other HDUs in the file.  This temporary file is passed to the
5911application program and will persist only until the file is closed or
5912until the program exits, unless the outfile specifier (see above) is
5913also supplied.
5914
5915The column/keyword filter can be used to perform the following
5916operations.  More than one operation may be specified by separating
5917them with commas or semi-colons.
5918
5919\begin{itemize}
5920
5921\item
5922Copy only a specified list of columns columns to the filtered input file.
5923The list of column name should be separated by commas or semi-colons.  Wild card
5924characters may be used in the column names to match multiple columns.
5925If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
5926columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
5927except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
5928table (i.e., there is no need to explicitly list the columns to
5929be included if any columns are being deleted).
5930
5931\item
5932Delete a column or keyword by listing the name preceded by a minus
5933sign or an exclamation mark (!), e.g., '-TIME' will delete the TIME
5934column if it exists, otherwise the TIME keyword.  An error is returned
5935if neither a column nor keyword with this name exists.  Note  that the
5936exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX character, so if it is used
5937on the command line rather than entered at a task prompt, it must be
5938preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to ignore it.
5939
5940\item
5941Rename an existing column or keyword with the syntax 'NewName ==
5942OldName'.  An error is returned if neither a column nor keyword with
5943this name exists.
5944
5945\item
5946Append a new column or keyword to the table.  To create a column,
5947give the new name, optionally followed by the datatype in parentheses,
5948followed by a single equals sign and an  expression to be used to
5949compute the value (e.g., 'newcol(1J) = 0' will create a new 32-bit
5950integer column called 'newcol' filled with zeros).  The datatype is
5951specified using the same syntax that is allowed for the value of the
5952FITS TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J', 'E', 'D', etc. for binary tables,
5953and 'I8', F12.3', 'E20.12', etc. for ASCII tables).  If the datatype is
5954not specified then an appropriate datatype will be chosen depending on
5955the form of the expression (may be a character string, logical, bit, long
5956integer, or double column). An appropriate vector count (in the case
5957of binary tables) will also be added if not explicitly specified.
5958
5959When creating a new keyword, the keyword name must be preceded by a
5960pound sign '\#', and the expression must evaluate to a scalar
5961(i.e., cannot have a column name in the expression).  The comment
5962string for the keyword may be specified in parentheses immediately
5963following the keyword name (instead of supplying a datatype as in
5964the case of creating a new column).  If the keyword name ends with a
5965pound sign '\#', then cfitsio will substitute the number of the
5966most recently referenced column for the \# character .
5967This is especially useful when writing
5968a column-related keyword like TUNITn for a newly created column,
5969as shown in the following examples.
5970
5971COMMENT and HISTORY keywords may also be created with the following syntax:
5972
5973\begin{verbatim}
5974   #COMMENT = 'This is a comment keyword'
5975   #HISTORY = 'This is a history keyword'
5976\end{verbatim}
5977Note that the equal sign and the quote characters will be removed, so
5978that the resulting header keywords in these cases will look like this:
5979
5980\begin{verbatim}
5981   COMMENT This is a comment keyword
5982   HISTORY This is a history keyword
5983\end{verbatim}
5984These two special keywords are always appended to the end of the header
5985and will not affect any previously existing COMMENT or HISTORY keywords.
5986
5987\item
5988Recompute (overwrite) the values in an existing column or keyword by
5989giving the name followed by an equals sign and an arithmetic
5990expression.
5991\end{itemize}
5992
5993The expression that is used when appending or recomputing columns or
5994keywords can be arbitrarily complex and may be a function of other
5995header keyword values and other columns (in the same row).  The full
5996syntax and available functions for the expression are described below
5997in the row filter specification section.
5998
5999If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
6000columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
6001except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
6002table.  If no columns to be deleted are specified, then only the
6003columns that are explicitly listed will be included in the filtered
6004output table.  To include all the columns, add the '*' wildcard
6005specifier at the end of the list, as shown in the examples.
6006
6007For  complex  or commonly used operations,  one  can also  place the
6008operations into an external text  file and import it  into the  column
6009filter using  the syntax '[col @filename.txt]'.   The operations can
6010extend over multiple lines of the  file, but multiple operations must
6011still be separated by commas or semi-colons.   Any lines in the external text file
6012that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
6013used to add comments into the file.
6014
6015Examples:
6016
6017\begin{verbatim}
6018   [col Time, rate]              - only the Time and rate columns will
6019                                   appear in the filtered input file.
6020
6021   [col Time, *raw]              - include the Time column and any other
6022                                   columns whose name ends with 'raw'.
6023
6024   [col -TIME; Good == STATUS]   - deletes the TIME column and
6025                                   renames the status column to 'Good'
6026
6027   [col PI=PHA * 1.1 + 0.2; #TUNIT#(column units) = 'counts';*]
6028                                 - creates new PI column from PHA values
6029                                   and also writes the TUNITn keyword
6030                                   for the new column.  The final '*'
6031                                   expression means preserve all the
6032                                   columns in the input table in the
6033                                   virtual output table;  without the '*'
6034                                   the output table would only contain
6035                                   the single 'PI' column.
6036
6037   [col rate = rate/exposure, TUNIT#(&) = 'counts/s';*]
6038                                 - recomputes the rate column by dividing
6039                                   it by the EXPOSURE keyword value. This
6040                                   also modifies the value of the TUNITn
6041                                   keyword for this column. The use of the
6042                                   '&' character for the keyword comment
6043                                   string means preserve the existing
6044                                   comment string for that keyword. The
6045                                   final '*' preserves all the columns
6046                                   in the input table in the virtual
6047                                   output table.
6048\end{verbatim}
6049
6050
6051\section{Row Filtering Specification}
6052
6053    When entering the name of a FITS table that is to be opened by a
6054    program, an optional row filter may be specified to select a subset
6055    of the rows in the table.  A temporary new FITS file is created on
6056    the fly which contains only those rows for which the row filter
6057    expression evaluates to true.  (The primary array and any other
6058    extensions in the input file are also copied to the temporary
6059    file).  The original FITS file is closed and the new virtual file
6060    is opened by the application program.  The row filter expression is
6061    enclosed in square brackets following the file name and extension
6062    name (e.g., 'file.fits[events][GRADE==50]'  selects only those rows
6063    where the GRADE column value equals 50).   When dealing with tables
6064    where each row has an associated time and/or 2D spatial position,
6065    the row filter expression can also be used to select rows based on
6066    the times in a Good Time Intervals (GTI) extension, or on spatial
6067    position as given in a SAO-style region file.
6068
6069
6070\subsection{General Syntax}
6071
6072    The row filtering  expression can be an arbitrarily  complex series
6073    of operations performed  on constants,  keyword values,  and column
6074    data taken from the specified FITS TABLE extension.  The expression
6075    must evaluate to a boolean  value for each row  of the table, where
6076    a value of FALSE means that the row will be excluded.
6077
6078    For complex or commonly  used filters, one can place the expression
6079    into a text file and import it into the row filter using the syntax
6080    '[@filename.txt]'.  The expression can be  arbitrarily complex and
6081    extend over multiple lines of the file.  Any lines in the external
6082    text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored
6083    and may be used to add comments into the file.
6084
6085    Keyword and   column data  are referenced by   name.  Any  string of
6086    characters not surrounded by    quotes (ie, a constant  string)   or
6087    followed by   an open parentheses (ie,   a  function name)   will be
6088    initially interpreted   as a column  name and  its contents for the
6089    current row inserted into the expression.  If no such column exists,
6090    a keyword of that  name will be searched for  and its value used, if
6091    found.  To force the  name to be  interpreted as a keyword (in case
6092    there is both a column and keyword with the  same name), precede the
6093    keyword name with a single pound sign, '\#', as in '\#NAXIS2'.  Due to
6094    the generalities of FITS column and  keyword names, if the column or
6095    keyword name  contains a space or a  character which might appear as
6096    an arithmetic  term then enclose  the  name in '\$'  characters as in
6097    \$MAX PHA\$ or \#\$MAX-PHA\$.  Names are case insensitive.
6098
6099    To access a table entry in a row other  than the current one, follow
6100    the  column's name  with  a row  offset  within  curly  braces.  For
6101    example, 'PHA\{-3\}' will evaluate to the value  of column PHA, 3 rows
6102    above  the  row currently  being processed.   One  cannot specify an
6103    absolute row number, only a relative offset.  Rows that fall outside
6104    the table will be treated as undefined, or NULLs.
6105
6106    When using row filtering to open a file ``on the fly,'' it is permitted
6107    to use multiple row filtering expressions.  For example, the expression
6108\begin{verbatim}
6109  filename.fits[#ROW > 5][X.gt.7]
6110\end{verbatim}
6111would be treated as equivalent to joining the expressions with logical ``and''
6112like this,
6113\begin{verbatim}
6114  filename.fits[(#ROW > 5)&&(X.gt.7)]
6115\end{verbatim}
6116Please note that if multiple row filtering expressions are used, it is
6117not permitted to also use the \verb+[@filename.txt]+ syntax in any
6118of the individual expressions.
6119
6120
6121%% <!-- IMPORTANT NOTE IMPORTANT NOTE IMPORTANT NOTE -->
6122%% <!-- If you edit this file then you must also edit
6123%%      the following other locations where calculator
6124%%      expressions are documented:
6125%%         heacore/cfitsio/docs/cfitsio.tex
6126%%         heacore/cfitsio/docs/fitsio.tex
6127%%         heatools/help/rowfilter.html
6128%%         heatools/help/colfilter.html
6129%%         heatools/help/calc_express.html
6130%%         heatools/ftcalc/ftcalc.html
6131%%         heatools/ftselect/ftselect.html
6132%%         ftools/futils/tasks/fselect/fselect.hlp
6133%%         ftools/futils/tasks/fcalc/fcalc.hlp
6134%%         ftools/guis/fv/doc/expressions.html
6135%%   -->
6136
6137    Boolean   operators can be  used in  the expression  in either their
6138    Fortran or C forms.  The following boolean operators are available:
6139
6140\begin{verbatim}
6141    "equal"         .eq. .EQ. ==  "not equal"          .ne.  .NE.  !=
6142    "less than"     .lt. .LT. <   "less than/equal"    .le.  .LE.  <= =<
6143    "greater than"  .gt. .GT. >   "greater than/equal" .ge.  .GE.  >= =>
6144    "or"            .or. .OR. ||  "and"                .and. .AND. &&
6145    "negation"     .not. .NOT. !  "approx. equal(1e-7)"  ~
6146\end{verbatim}
6147
6148Note that the exclamation point, '!', is a special UNIX character, so
6149if it is used on the command line rather than entered at a task
6150prompt, it must be preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to
6151ignore it.
6152
6153The expression may  also include arithmetic operators and functions.
6154Trigonometric  functions use  radians,  not degrees.  The  following
6155arithmetic  operators and  functions  can be  used in the expression
6156(function names are case insensitive).  A null value will be returned
6157in case of illegal operations such as divide by zero, sqrt(negative)
6158log(negative), log10(negative), arccos(.gt. 1), arcsin(.gt. 1).
6159
6160\begin{verbatim}
6161    "addition"           +          "subtraction"          -
6162    "multiplication"     *          "division"             /
6163    "negation"           -          "exponentiation"       **   ^
6164    "absolute value"     abs(x)     "cosine"               cos(x)
6165    "sine"               sin(x)     "tangent"              tan(x)
6166    "arc cosine"         arccos(x)  "arc sine"             arcsin(x)
6167    "arc tangent"        arctan(x)  "arc tangent"          arctan2(y,x)
6168    "hyperbolic cos"     cosh(x)    "hyperbolic sin"       sinh(x)
6169    "hyperbolic tan"     tanh(x)    "round to nearest int" round(x)
6170    "round down to int"  floor(x)   "round up to int"      ceil(x)
6171    "exponential"        exp(x)     "square root"          sqrt(x)
6172    "natural log"        log(x)     "common log"           log10(x)
6173    "modulus"            x % y
6174    "bitwise AND"        x & y      "bitwise OR"           x | y
6175    "bitwise XOR"        x ^^ y     (bitwise operators are 32-bit int only)
6176    "random # [0.0,1.0)" random()
6177    "random Gaussian"    randomn()  "random Poisson"       randomp(x)
6178    "minimum"            min(x,y)   "maximum"              max(x,y)
6179    "cumulative sum"     accum(x)   "sequential difference" seqdiff(x)
6180    "if-then-else"       b?x:y
6181    "angular separation" angsep(ra1,dec1,ra2,de2) (all in degrees)
6182    "substring"          strmid(s,p,n) "string search"     strstr(s,r)
6183\end{verbatim}
6184The bitwise operators for AND, OR and XOR operate upon 32-bit integer
6185expressions only.
6186
6187Three different random number functions are provided: random(), with
6188no arguments, produces a uniform random deviate between 0 and 1;
6189randomn(), also with no arguments, produces a normal (Gaussian) random
6190deviate with zero mean and unit standard deviation; randomp(x)
6191produces a Poisson random deviate whose expected number of counts is
6192X.  X may be any positive real number of expected counts, including
6193fractional values, but the return value is an integer.
6194
6195When the random functions are used in a vector expression, by default
6196the same random value will be used when evaluating each element of the
6197vector.  If different random numbers are desired, then the name of a
6198vector column should be supplied as the single argument to the random
6199function (e.g., "flux + 0.1 * random(flux)", where "flux" is the name
6200of a vector column).  This will create a vector of random numbers that
6201will be used in sequence when evaluating each element of the vector
6202expression.
6203
6204An alternate syntax for the min and max functions  has only a single
6205argument which  should be  a  vector value (see  below).  The result
6206will be the minimum/maximum element contained within the vector.
6207
6208The accum(x) function forms the cumulative sum of x, element by
6209element.  Vector columns are supported simply by performing the
6210summation process through all the values.  Null values are treated as
62110.  The seqdiff(x) function forms the sequential difference of x,
6212element by element.  The first value of seqdiff is the first value of
6213x.  A single null value in x causes a pair of nulls in the output.
6214The seqdiff and accum functions are functional inverses, i.e.,
6215seqdiff(accum(x)) == x as long as no null values are present.
6216
6217In the if-then-else expression, "b?x:y", b is an explicit boolean
6218value or expression.  There is no automatic type conversion from
6219numeric to boolean values, so one needs to use "iVal!=0" instead of
6220merely "iVal" as the boolean argument. x and y can be any scalar data
6221type (including string).
6222
6223The angsep function computes the angular separation in degrees between
62242 celestial positions, where the first 2 parameters give the RA-like
6225and Dec-like coordinates (in decimal degrees) of the first position,
6226and the 3rd and 4th parameters give the coordinates of the second
6227position.
6228
6229The substring function strmid(S,P,N) extracts a substring from S,
6230starting at string position P, with a substring length N.  The first
6231character position in S is labeled as 1. If P is 0, or refers to a
6232position beyond the end of S, then the extracted substring will be
6233NULL.  S, P, and N may be functions of other columns.
6234
6235The string search function strstr(S,R) searches for the first
6236occurrence of the substring R in S.  The result is an integer,
6237indicating the character position of the first match (where 1 is the
6238first character position of S).  If no match is found, then strstr()
6239returns a NULL value.
6240
6241The following type casting operators are available, where the
6242enclosing parentheses are required and taken from the C language
6243usage. Also, the integer to real casts values to double precision:
6244
6245\begin{verbatim}
6246                "real to integer"    (int) x     (INT) x
6247                "integer to real"    (float) i   (FLOAT) i
6248\end{verbatim}
6249
6250    In addition, several constants are built in  for  use  in  numerical
6251    expressions:
6252
6253
6254\begin{verbatim}
6255        #pi              3.1415...      #e             2.7182...
6256        #deg             #pi/180        #row           current row number
6257        #null         undefined value   #snull         undefined string
6258\end{verbatim}
6259
6260    A  string constant must  be enclosed  in quotes  as in  'Crab'.  The
6261    "null" constants  are useful for conditionally  setting table values
6262    to a NULL, or undefined, value (eg., "col1==-99 ? \#NULL : col1").
6263
6264    Integer constants may be specified using the following notation,
6265\begin{verbatim}
6266           13245   decimal integer
6267           0x12f3  hexidecimal integer
6268           0o1373  octal integer
6269           0b01001 binary integer
6270\end{verbatim}
6271    Note that integer constants are only allowed to be 32-bit, i.e.
6272    between -2^(31) and +2^(31).  Integer constants may be used in any
6273    arithmetic expression where an integer would be appropriate.  Thus,
6274    they are distinct from bitmasks (which may be of arbitrary length,
6275    allow the "wildcard" bit, and may only be used in logical
6276    expressions; see below).
6277
6278    There is also a function for testing if  two  values  are  close  to
6279    each  other,  i.e.,  if  they are "near" each other to within a user
6280    specified tolerance. The  arguments,  value\_1  and  value\_2  can  be
6281    integer  or  real  and  represent  the two values who's proximity is
6282    being tested to be within the specified tolerance, also  an  integer
6283    or real:
6284
6285\begin{verbatim}
6286                    near(value_1, value_2, tolerance)
6287\end{verbatim}
6288    When  a  NULL, or undefined, value is encountered in the FITS table,
6289    the expression will evaluate to NULL unless the undefined  value  is
6290    not   actually   required  for  evaluation,  e.g. "TRUE  .or.  NULL"
6291    evaluates to TRUE. The  following  two  functions  allow  some  NULL
6292    detection  and  handling:
6293
6294\begin{verbatim}
6295         "a null value?"              ISNULL(x)
6296         "define a value for null"    DEFNULL(x,y)
6297\end{verbatim}
6298    The former
6299    returns a boolean value of TRUE if the  argument  x  is  NULL.   The
6300    later  "defines"  a  value  to  be  substituted  for NULL values; it
6301    returns the value of x if x is not NULL, otherwise  it  returns  the
6302    value of y.
6303
6304
6305\subsection{Bit Masks}
6306
6307    Bit  masks can be used to select out rows from bit columns (TFORMn =
6308    \#X) in FITS files. To represent the mask,  binary,  octal,  and  hex
6309    formats are allowed:
6310
6311
6312\begin{verbatim}
6313                 binary:   b0110xx1010000101xxxx0001
6314                 octal:    o720x1 -> (b111010000xxx001)
6315                 hex:      h0FxD  -> (b00001111xxxx1101)
6316\end{verbatim}
6317
6318    In  all  the  representations, an x or X is allowed in the mask as a
6319    wild card. Note that the x represents a  different  number  of  wild
6320    card  bits  in  each  representation.  All  representations are case
6321    insensitive.  Although bitmasks may be of arbitrary length and contain
6322    a wildcard, they may only be used in logical expressions, unlike
6323    integer constants (see above) which may be used in any arithmetic
6324    expression.
6325
6326    To construct the boolean expression using the mask  as  the  boolean
6327    equal  operator  described above on a bit table column. For example,
6328    if you had a 7 bit column named flags in a  FITS  table  and  wanted
6329    all  rows  having  the bit pattern 0010011, the selection expression
6330    would be:
6331
6332
6333\begin{verbatim}
6334                            flags == b0010011
6335    or
6336                            flags .eq. b10011
6337\end{verbatim}
6338
6339    It is also possible to test if a range of bits is  less  than,  less
6340    than  equal,  greater  than  and  greater than equal to a particular
6341    boolean value:
6342
6343
6344\begin{verbatim}
6345                            flags <= bxxx010xx
6346                            flags .gt. bxxx100xx
6347                            flags .le. b1xxxxxxx
6348\end{verbatim}
6349
6350    Notice the use of the x bit value to limit the range of  bits  being
6351    compared.
6352
6353    It  is  not necessary to specify the leading (most significant) zero
6354    (0) bits in the mask, as shown in the second expression above.
6355
6356    Bit wise AND, OR and NOT operations are  also  possible  on  two  or
6357    more  bit  fields  using  the  '\&'(AND),  '$|$'(OR),  and the '!'(NOT)
6358    operators. All of these operators result in a bit  field  which  can
6359    then be used with the equal operator. For example:
6360
6361
6362\begin{verbatim}
6363                          (!flags) == b1101100
6364                          (flags & b1000001) == bx000001
6365\end{verbatim}
6366
6367    Bit  fields can be appended as well using the '+' operator.  Strings
6368    can be concatenated this way, too.
6369
6370
6371\subsection{Vector Columns}
6372
6373    Vector columns can also be used  in  building  the  expression.   No
6374    special  syntax  is required if one wants to operate on all elements
6375    of the vector.  Simply use the column name as for a  scalar  column.
6376    Vector  columns  can  be  freely  intermixed  with scalar columns or
6377    constants in virtually all expressions.  The result will be  of  the
6378    same dimension as the vector.  Two vectors in an expression, though,
6379    need to  have  the  same  number  of  elements  and  have  the  same
6380    dimensions.   The  only  places  a vector column cannot be used (for
6381    now, anyway) are the SAO  region  functions  and  the  NEAR  boolean
6382    function.
6383
6384    Arithmetic and logical operations are all performed on an element by
6385    element basis.  Comparing two vector columns,  eg  "COL1  ==  COL2",
6386    thus  results  in  another vector of boolean values indicating which
6387    elements of the two vectors are equal.
6388
6389    Eight functions are available that operate on a vector and return a
6390    scalar result:
6391
6392\begin{verbatim}
6393    "minimum"      MIN(V)          "maximum"               MAX(V)
6394    "average"      AVERAGE(V)      "median"                MEDIAN(V)
6395    "summation"    SUM(V)          "standard deviation"    STDDEV(V)
6396    "# of values"  NELEM(V)        "# of non-null values"  NVALID(V)
6397\end{verbatim}
6398    where V represents the name of a vector column or a manually
6399    constructed vector using curly brackets as described below.  The
6400    first 6 of these functions ignore any null values in the vector when
6401    computing the result.  The STDDEV() function computes the sample
6402    standard deviation, i.e. it is proportional to 1/SQRT(N-1) instead
6403    of 1/SQRT(N), where N is NVALID(V).
6404
6405    The SUM function literally sums all  the elements in x,  returning a
6406    scalar value.   If x  is  a  boolean  vector, SUM returns the number
6407    of TRUE elements. The NELEM function  returns the number of elements
6408    in vector x whereas NVALID return the number of non-null elements in
6409    the  vector.   (NELEM  also  operates  on  bit  and string  columns,
6410    returning their column widths.)  As an example, to  test whether all
6411    elements of two vectors satisfy a  given logical comparison, one can
6412    use the expression
6413
6414\begin{verbatim}
6415              SUM( COL1 > COL2 ) == NELEM( COL1 )
6416\end{verbatim}
6417
6418    which will return TRUE if all elements  of  COL1  are  greater  than
6419    their corresponding elements in COL2.
6420
6421    To  specify  a  single  element  of  a  vector, give the column name
6422    followed by  a  comma-separated  list  of  coordinates  enclosed  in
6423    square  brackets.  For example, if a vector column named PHAS exists
6424    in the table as a one dimensional, 256  component  list  of  numbers
6425    from  which  you  wanted to select the 57th component for use in the
6426    expression, then PHAS[57] would do the  trick.   Higher  dimensional
6427    arrays  of  data  may appear in a column.  But in order to interpret
6428    them, the TDIMn keyword must appear in the header.  Assuming that  a
6429    (4,4,4,4)  array  is packed into each row of a column named ARRAY4D,
6430    the  (1,2,3,4)  component  element  of  each  row  is  accessed   by
6431    ARRAY4D[1,2,3,4].    Arrays   up   to   dimension  5  are  currently
6432    supported.  Each vector index can itself be an expression,  although
6433    it  must  evaluate  to  an  integer  value  within the bounds of the
6434    vector.  Vector columns which contain spaces or arithmetic operators
6435    must   have   their   names  enclosed  in  "\$"  characters  as  with
6436    \$ARRAY-4D\$[1,2,3,4].
6437
6438    A  more  C-like  syntax  for  specifying  vector  indices  is   also
6439    available.   The element used in the preceding example alternatively
6440    could be specified with the syntax  ARRAY4D[4][3][2][1].   Note  the
6441    reverse  order  of  indices  (as in C), as well as the fact that the
6442    values are still ones-based (as  in  Fortran  --  adopted  to  avoid
6443    ambiguity  for  1D vectors).  With this syntax, one does not need to
6444    specify all of the indices.  To  extract  a  3D  slice  of  this  4D
6445    array, use ARRAY4D[4].
6446
6447    Variable-length vector columns are not supported.
6448
6449    Vectors can  be manually constructed  within the expression  using a
6450    comma-separated list of  elements surrounded by curly braces ('\{\}').
6451    For example, '\{1,3,6,1\}' is a 4-element vector containing the values
6452    1, 3, 6, and 1.  The  vector can contain  only boolean, integer, and
6453    real values (or expressions).  The elements will  be promoted to the
6454    highest  datatype   present.  Any   elements   which  are themselves
6455    vectors, will be expanded out with  each of its elements becoming an
6456    element in the constructed vector.
6457
6458
6459\subsection{Good Time Interval Filtering}
6460
6461    A common filtering method involves selecting rows which have a time
6462    value which lies within what is called a Good Time Interval or GTI.
6463    The time intervals are defined in a separate FITS table extension
6464    which contains 2 columns giving the start and stop time of each
6465    good interval.  The filtering operation accepts only those rows of
6466    the input table which have an associated time which falls within
6467    one of the time intervals defined in the GTI extension. A high
6468    level function, gtifilter(a,b,c,d), is available which evaluates
6469    each row of the input table  and returns TRUE  or FALSE depending
6470    whether the row is inside or outside the  good time interval.  The
6471    syntax is
6472
6473\begin{verbatim}
6474      gtifilter( [ "gtifile" [, expr [, "STARTCOL", "STOPCOL" ] ] ] )
6475\end{verbatim}
6476    where  each "[]" demarks optional parameters.  Note that  the quotes
6477    around the gtifile and START/STOP column are required.  Either single
6478    or double quotes may be used.  In cases where this expression is
6479    entered on the Unix command line, enclose the entire expression in
6480    double quotes, and then use single quotes within the expression to
6481    enclose the 'gtifile' and other terms.  It is also usually possible
6482    to do the reverse, and enclose the whole expression in single quotes
6483    and then use double quotes within the expression.  The gtifile,
6484    if specified,  can be blank  ("") which will  mean to use  the first
6485    extension  with   the name "*GTI*"  in   the current  file,  a plain
6486    extension  specifier (eg, "+2",  "[2]", or "[STDGTI]") which will be
6487    used  to  select  an extension  in  the current  file, or  a regular
6488    filename with or without an extension  specifier which in the latter
6489    case  will mean to  use the first  extension  with an extension name
6490    "*GTI*".  Expr can be   any arithmetic expression, including  simply
6491    the time  column  name.  A  vector  time expression  will  produce a
6492    vector boolean  result.  STARTCOL and  STOPCOL are the  names of the
6493    START/STOP   columns in the    GTI extension.  If   one  of them  is
6494    specified, they both  must be.
6495
6496    In  its  simplest form, no parameters need to be provided -- default
6497    values will be used.  The expression "gtifilter()" is equivalent to
6498
6499\begin{verbatim}
6500       gtifilter( "", TIME, "*START*", "*STOP*" )
6501\end{verbatim}
6502    This will search the current file for a GTI  extension,  filter  the
6503    TIME  column in the current table, using START/STOP times taken from
6504    columns in the GTI  extension  with  names  containing  the  strings
6505    "START"  and "STOP".  The wildcards ('*') allow slight variations in
6506    naming conventions  such  as  "TSTART"  or  "STARTTIME".   The  same
6507    default  values  apply for unspecified parameters when the first one
6508    or  two  parameters  are  specified.   The  function   automatically
6509    searches   for   TIMEZERO/I/F   keywords  in  the  current  and  GTI
6510    extensions, applying a relative time offset, if necessary.
6511
6512
6513\subsection{Spatial Region Filtering}
6514
6515    Another common  filtering method selects rows based on whether the
6516    spatial position associated with each row is located within a given
6517    2-dimensional region.  The syntax for this high-level filter is
6518
6519\begin{verbatim}
6520       regfilter( "regfilename" [ , Xexpr, Yexpr [ , "wcs cols" ] ] )
6521\end{verbatim}
6522    where each "[]" demarks optional parameters. The region file name
6523    is required and must be  enclosed in quotes.  The remaining
6524    parameters are optional.  There are 2 supported formats for the
6525    region file: ASCII file or FITS binary table.  The region file
6526    contains a list of one or more geometric shapes (circle,
6527    ellipse, box, etc.) which defines a region on the celestial sphere
6528    or an area within a particular 2D image.  The region file is
6529    typically generated using an image display program such as fv/POW
6530    (distribute by the HEASARC), or ds9 (distributed by the Smithsonian
6531    Astrophysical Observatory).  Users should refer to the documentation
6532    provided with these programs for more details on the syntax used in
6533    the region files.  The FITS region file format is defined in a document
6534    available from the FITS Support Office at
6535    http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ registry/ region.html
6536
6537    In its simplest form, (e.g., regfilter("region.reg") ) the
6538    coordinates in the default 'X' and 'Y' columns will be used to
6539    determine if each row is inside or outside the area specified in
6540    the region file.  Alternate position column names, or expressions,
6541    may be entered if needed, as in
6542
6543\begin{verbatim}
6544        regfilter("region.reg", XPOS, YPOS)
6545\end{verbatim}
6546    Region filtering can be applied most unambiguously if the positions
6547    in the region file and in the table to be filtered are both give in
6548    terms of absolute celestial coordinate units.  In this case the
6549    locations and sizes of the geometric shapes in the region file are
6550    specified in angular units on the sky (e.g., positions given in
6551    R.A. and Dec.  and sizes in arcseconds or arcminutes).  Similarly,
6552    each row of the filtered table will have a celestial coordinate
6553    associated with it.  This association is usually implemented using
6554    a set of so-called 'World Coordinate System' (or WCS) FITS keywords
6555    that define the coordinate transformation that must be applied to
6556    the values in the 'X' and 'Y' columns to calculate the coordinate.
6557
6558    Alternatively, one can perform spatial filtering using unitless
6559    'pixel' coordinates for the regions and row positions.  In this
6560    case the user must be careful to ensure that the positions in the 2
6561    files are self-consistent.  A typical problem is that the region
6562    file may be generated using a binned image, but the unbinned
6563    coordinates are given in the event table.  The ROSAT events files,
6564    for example, have X and Y pixel coordinates that range from 1 -
6565    15360.  These coordinates are typically binned by a factor of 32 to
6566    produce a 480x480 pixel image.  If one then uses a region file
6567    generated from this image (in image pixel units) to filter the
6568    ROSAT events file, then the X and Y column values must be converted
6569    to corresponding pixel units as in:
6570
6571\begin{verbatim}
6572        regfilter("rosat.reg", X/32.+.5, Y/32.+.5)
6573\end{verbatim}
6574    Note that this binning conversion is not necessary if the region
6575    file is specified using celestial coordinate units instead of pixel
6576    units because CFITSIO is then able to directly compare the
6577    celestial coordinate of each row in the table with the celestial
6578    coordinates in the region file without having to know anything
6579    about how the image may have been binned.
6580
6581    The last "wcs cols" parameter should rarely be needed. If supplied,
6582    this  string contains the names of the 2 columns (space or comma
6583    separated) which have the associated WCS keywords. If not supplied,
6584    the filter  will scan the X  and Y expressions for column names.
6585    If only one is found in each  expression, those columns will be
6586    used, otherwise an error will be returned.
6587
6588    These region shapes are supported (names are case insensitive):
6589
6590\begin{verbatim}
6591       Point         ( X1, Y1 )               <- One pixel square region
6592       Line          ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2 )       <- One pixel wide region
6593       Polygon       ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, ... )  <- Rest are interiors with
6594       Rectangle     ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, A )       | boundaries considered
6595       Box           ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )   V within the region
6596       Diamond       ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )
6597       Circle        ( Xc, Yc, R )
6598       Annulus       ( Xc, Yc, Rin, Rout )
6599       Ellipse       ( Xc, Yc, Rx, Ry, A )
6600       Elliptannulus ( Xc, Yc, Rinx, Riny, Routx, Routy, Ain, Aout )
6601       Sector        ( Xc, Yc, Amin, Amax )
6602\end{verbatim}
6603    where (Xc,Yc) is  the coordinate of  the shape's center; (X\#,Y\#) are
6604    the coordinates  of the shape's edges;  Rxxx are the shapes' various
6605    Radii or semi-major/minor  axes; and Axxx  are the angles of rotation
6606    (or bounding angles for Sector) in degrees.  For rotated shapes, the
6607    rotation angle  can  be left  off, indicating  no rotation.   Common
6608    alternate  names for the regions  can also be  used: rotbox = box;
6609    rotrectangle = rectangle;  (rot)rhombus = (rot)diamond;  and pie
6610    = sector.  When a  shape's name is  preceded by a minus sign, '-',
6611    the defined region  is instead the area  *outside* its boundary (ie,
6612    the region is inverted).  All the shapes within a single region
6613    file are OR'd together to create the region, and the order is
6614    significant. The overall way of looking at region files is that if
6615    the first region is an excluded region then a dummy included region
6616    of the whole detector is inserted in the front. Then each region
6617    specification as it is processed overrides any selections inside of
6618    that region specified by previous regions. Another way of thinking
6619    about this is that if a previous excluded region is completely
6620    inside of a subsequent included region the excluded region is
6621    ignored.
6622
6623    The positional coordinates may be given either in pixel units,
6624    decimal degrees or hh:mm:ss.s, dd:mm:ss.s units.  The shape sizes
6625    may be given in pixels, degrees, arcminutes, or arcseconds.  Look
6626    at examples of region file produced by fv/POW or ds9 for further
6627    details of the region file format.
6628
6629    There are three functions that are primarily for use with SAO region
6630    files and the  FSAOI  task, but they  can  be  used  directly.  They
6631    return  a  boolean true   or  false  depending   on  whether a   two
6632    dimensional point is in the region or not:
6633
6634\begin{verbatim}
6635    "point in a circular region"
6636          circle(xcntr,ycntr,radius,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
6637
6638    "point in an elliptical region"
6639         ellipse(xcntr,ycntr,xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
6640
6641    "point in a rectangular region"
6642             box(xcntr,ycntr,xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
6643
6644    where
6645       (xcntr,ycntr) are the (x,y) position of the center of the region
6646       (xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth) are the (x,y) half widths of the region
6647       (xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth) are the (x,y) full widths of the region
6648       (radius) is half the diameter of the circle
6649       (rotation) is the angle(degrees) that the region is rotated with
6650             respect to (xcntr,ycntr)
6651       (Xcoord,Ycoord) are the (x,y) coordinates to test, usually column
6652             names
6653       NOTE: each parameter can itself be an expression, not merely a
6654             column name or constant.
6655\end{verbatim}
6656
6657
6658\subsection{Example Row Filters}
6659
6660\begin{verbatim}
6661    [ binary && mag <= 5.0]        - Extract all binary stars brighter
6662                                     than  fifth magnitude (note that
6663                                     the initial space is necessary to
6664                                     prevent it from being treated as a
6665                                     binning specification)
6666
6667    [#row >= 125 && #row <= 175]   - Extract row numbers 125 through 175
6668
6669    [IMAGE[4,5] .gt. 100]          - Extract all rows that have the
6670                                     (4,5) component of the IMAGE column
6671                                     greater than 100
6672
6673    [abs(sin(theta * #deg)) < 0.5] - Extract all rows having the
6674                                     absolute value of the sine of theta
6675                                     less  than a half where the angles
6676                                     are tabulated in degrees
6677
6678    [SUM( SPEC > 3*BACKGRND )>=1]  - Extract all rows containing a
6679                                     spectrum, held in vector column
6680                                     SPEC, with at least one value 3
6681                                     times greater than the background
6682                                     level held in a keyword, BACKGRND
6683
6684    [VCOL=={1,4,2}]                - Extract all rows whose vector column
6685                                     VCOL contains the 3-elements 1, 4, and
6686                                     2.
6687
6688    [@rowFilter.txt]               - Extract rows using the expression
6689                                     contained within the text file
6690                                     rowFilter.txt
6691
6692    [gtifilter()]                  - Search the current file for a GTI
6693				     extension,  filter  the TIME
6694				     column in the current table, using
6695				     START/STOP times taken from
6696				     columns in the GTI  extension
6697
6698    [regfilter("pow.reg")]         - Extract rows which have a coordinate
6699                                     (as given in the X and Y columns)
6700                                     within the spatial region specified
6701                                     in the pow.reg region file.
6702
6703    [regfilter("pow.reg", Xs, Ys)] - Same as above, except that the
6704                                     Xs and Ys columns will be used to
6705                                     determine the coordinate of each
6706                                     row in the table.
6707\end{verbatim}
6708
6709
6710\section{ Binning or Histogramming Specification}
6711
6712The optional binning specifier is enclosed in square brackets and can
6713be distinguished from a general row filter specification by the fact
6714that it begins with the keyword 'bin'  not immediately followed by an
6715equals sign.  When binning is specified, a temporary N-dimensional FITS
6716primary array is created by computing the histogram of the values in
6717the specified columns of a FITS table extension.  After the histogram
6718is computed the input FITS file containing the table is then closed and
6719the temporary FITS primary array is opened and passed to the
6720application program.  Thus, the application program never sees the
6721original FITS table and only sees the image in the new temporary file
6722(which has no additional extensions).  Obviously, the application
6723program must be expecting to open a FITS image and not a FITS table in
6724this case.
6725
6726The data type of the FITS histogram image may be specified by appending
6727'b' (for 8-bit byte), 'i' (for 16-bit integers), 'j' (for 32-bit
6728integer), 'r' (for 32-bit floating points), or 'd' (for 64-bit double
6729precision floating point)  to the 'bin' keyword (e.g. '[binr X]'
6730creates a real floating point image).  If the datatype is not
6731explicitly specified then a 32-bit integer image will be created by
6732default, unless the weighting option is also specified in which case
6733the image will have a 32-bit floating point data type by default.
6734
6735The histogram image may have from 1 to 4 dimensions (axes), depending
6736on the number of columns that are specified.  The general form of the
6737binning specification is:
6738
6739\begin{verbatim}
6740 [bin{bijrd}  Xcol=min:max:binsize, Ycol= ..., Zcol=..., Tcol=...; weight]
6741\end{verbatim}
6742in which up to 4 columns, each corresponding to an axis of the image,
6743are listed. The column names are case insensitive, and the column
6744number may be given instead of the name, preceded by a pound sign
6745(e.g., [bin \#4=1:512]).  If the column name is not specified, then
6746CFITSIO will first try to use the 'preferred column' as specified by
6747the CPREF keyword if it exists (e.g., 'CPREF = 'DETX,DETY'), otherwise
6748column names 'X', 'Y', 'Z', and 'T' will be assumed for each of the 4
6749axes, respectively.  In cases where the column name could be confused
6750with an arithmetic expression, enclose the column name in parentheses to
6751force the name to be interpreted literally.
6752
6753Each column name may be followed by an equals sign and then the lower
6754and upper range of the histogram, and the size of the histogram bins,
6755separated by colons.  Spaces are allowed before and after the equals
6756sign but not within the 'min:max:binsize' string.  The min, max and
6757binsize values may be integer or floating point numbers, or they may be
6758the names of keywords in the header of the table.  If the latter, then
6759the value of that keyword is substituted into the expression.
6760
6761Default values for the min, max and binsize quantities will be
6762used if not explicitly given in the binning expression as shown
6763in these examples:
6764
6765\begin{verbatim}
6766    [bin x = :512:2]  - use default minimum value
6767    [bin x = 1::2]    - use default maximum value
6768    [bin x = 1:512]   - use default bin size
6769    [bin x = 1:]      - use default maximum value and bin size
6770    [bin x = :512]    - use default minimum value and bin size
6771    [bin x = 2]       - use default minimum and maximum values
6772    [bin x]           - use default minimum, maximum and bin size
6773    [bin 4]           - default 2-D image, bin size = 4 in both axes
6774    [bin]             - default 2-D image
6775\end{verbatim}
6776CFITSIO  will use the value of the TLMINn, TLMAXn, and TDBINn keywords,
6777if they exist, for the default min, max, and binsize, respectively.  If
6778they do not exist then CFITSIO will use the actual minimum and maximum
6779values in the column for the histogram min and max values.  The default
6780binsize will be set to 1, or (max - min) / 10., whichever is smaller,
6781so that the histogram will have at least 10 bins along each axis.
6782
6783A shortcut notation is allowed if all the columns/axes have the same
6784binning specification.  In this case all the column names may be listed
6785within parentheses, followed by the (single) binning specification, as
6786in:
6787
6788\begin{verbatim}
6789    [bin (X,Y)=1:512:2]
6790    [bin (X,Y) = 5]
6791\end{verbatim}
6792
6793The optional weighting factor is the last item in the binning specifier
6794and, if present, is separated from the list of columns by a
6795semi-colon.  As the histogram is accumulated, this weight is used to
6796incremented the value of the appropriated bin in the histogram.  If the
6797weighting factor is not specified, then the default weight = 1 is
6798assumed.  The weighting factor may be a constant integer or floating
6799point number, or the name of a keyword containing the weighting value.
6800Or the weighting factor may be the name of a table column in which case
6801the value in that column, on a row by row basis, will be used.
6802
6803In some cases, the column or keyword may give the reciprocal of the
6804actual weight value that is needed.  In this case, precede the weight
6805keyword or column name by a slash '/' to tell CFITSIO to use the
6806reciprocal of the value when constructing the histogram.
6807
6808For  complex or commonly  used  histograms, one  can also  place its
6809description  into  a  text  file and  import   it  into  the binning
6810specification  using the  syntax '[bin  @filename.txt]'.  The file's
6811contents  can extend over   multiple lines, although  it must still
6812conform to the  no-spaces rule  for the min:max:binsize syntax and each
6813axis specification must still be comma-separated.  Any lines in the
6814external text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be
6815ignored and may be used to add comments into the file.
6816
6817 Examples:
6818
6819
6820\begin{verbatim}
6821    [bini detx, dety]                - 2-D, 16-bit integer histogram
6822                                       of DETX and DETY columns, using
6823                                       default values for the histogram
6824                                       range and binsize
6825
6826    [bin (detx, dety)=16; /exposure] - 2-D, 32-bit real histogram of DETX
6827                                       and DETY columns with a bin size = 16
6828                                       in both axes. The histogram values
6829                                       are divided by the EXPOSURE keyword
6830                                       value.
6831
6832    [bin time=TSTART:TSTOP:0.1]      - 1-D lightcurve, range determined by
6833                                       the TSTART and TSTOP keywords,
6834                                       with 0.1 unit size bins.
6835
6836    [bin pha, time=8000.:8100.:0.1]  - 2-D image using default binning
6837                                       of the PHA column for the X axis,
6838                                       and 1000 bins in the range
6839                                       8000. to 8100. for the Y axis.
6840
6841    [bin @binFilter.txt]             - Use the contents of the text file
6842                                       binFilter.txt for the binning
6843                                       specifications.
6844
6845\end{verbatim}
6846
6847
6848\chapter{Template Files }
6849
6850When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
6851name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
6852following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
6853used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
6854template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
6855file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
6856FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
6857template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
6858general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
6859template file is described in the following sections.
6860
6861
6862\section{Detailed Template Line Format}
6863
6864The format of each ASCII template line closely follows the format of a
6865FITS keyword record:
6866
6867\begin{verbatim}
6868  KEYWORD = KEYVALUE / COMMENT
6869\end{verbatim}
6870except that free format may be used (e.g., the equals sign may appear
6871at any position in the line) and TAB characters are allowed and are
6872treated the same as space characters.  The KEYVALUE and COMMENT fields
6873are optional.  The equals sign character is also optional, but it is
6874recommended that it be included for clarity.  Any template line that
6875begins with the pound '\#' character is ignored by the template parser
6876and may be use to insert comments into the template file itself.
6877
6878The KEYWORD name field is limited to 8 characters in length and only
6879the letters A-Z, digits 0-9, and the hyphen and underscore characters
6880may be used, without any embedded spaces. Lowercase letters in the
6881template keyword name will be converted to uppercase.  Leading spaces
6882in the template line preceding the keyword name are generally ignored,
6883except if the first 8 characters of a template line are all blank, then
6884the entire line is treated as a FITS comment keyword (with a blank
6885keyword name) and is copied verbatim into the FITS header.
6886
6887The KEYVALUE field may have any allowed  FITS  data type: character
6888string, logical, integer, real, complex integer, or complex real.  Integer
6889values must be within the allowed range of a 'signed long' variable;
6890some C compilers only suppport 4-byte long integers with a range
6891from -2147483648 to +2147483647, whereas other C compilers support 8-byte
6892integers with a range of plus or minus 2**63.
6893
6894The character string values need not be enclosed in single quote characters
6895unless they are necessary to distinguish the string from a different
6896data type (e.g.  2.0 is a real but '2.0' is a string).  The keyword has
6897an undefined (null) value if the template record only contains blanks
6898following the "=" or between the "=" and the "/" comment field
6899delimiter.
6900
6901String keyword values longer than 68 characters (the maximum length
6902that will fit in a single FITS keyword record) are permitted using the
6903CFITSIO long string convention. They can either be specified as a
6904single long line in the template, or by using multiple lines where the
6905continuing lines contain the 'CONTINUE' keyword, as in this example:
6906
6907\begin{verbatim}
6908  LONGKEY = 'This is a long string value that is contin&'
6909  CONTINUE  'ued over 2 records' / comment field goes here
6910\end{verbatim}
6911The format of template lines with CONTINUE keyword is very strict:  3
6912spaces must follow CONTINUE and the rest of the line is copied verbatim
6913to the FITS file.
6914
6915The start of the optional COMMENT field must be preceded by "/", which
6916is used to separate it from the keyword value field. Exceptions are if
6917the KEYWORD name field contains COMMENT, HISTORY, CONTINUE, or if the
6918first 8 characters of the template line are blanks.
6919
6920More than one Header-Data Unit (HDU) may be defined in the template
6921file.  The start of an HDU definition is denoted with a SIMPLE or
6922XTENSION template line:
6923
69241) SIMPLE begins a Primary HDU definition. SIMPLE may only appear as
6925the  first keyword in the template file. If the template file begins
6926with XTENSION instead of SIMPLE, then a default empty Primary HDU is
6927created, and the template is then assumed to define the keywords
6928starting with the first extension following the Primary HDU.
6929
69302) XTENSION marks the beginning of a new extension HDU definition.  The
6931previous HDU will be closed at this point and processing of the next
6932extension begins.
6933
6934
6935\section{Auto-indexing of Keywords}
6936
6937If a template keyword name ends with a "\#" character, it is said to be
6938'auto-indexed'.   Each "\#" character will be replaced by the current
6939integer index value, which gets reset = 1 at the start of each new HDU
6940in the file (or 7 in the special case of a GROUP definition).  The
6941FIRST indexed keyword in each template HDU definition is used as the
6942'incrementor';  each subsequent occurrence of this SAME keyword will
6943cause the index value to be incremented.  This behavior can be rather
6944subtle, as illustrated in the following examples in which the TTYPE
6945keyword is the incrementor in both cases:
6946
6947\begin{verbatim}
6948  TTYPE# = TIME
6949  TFORM# = 1D
6950  TTYPE# = RATE
6951  TFORM# = 1E
6952\end{verbatim}
6953will create TTYPE1, TFORM1, TTYPE2, and TFORM2 keywords.  But if the
6954template looks like,
6955
6956\begin{verbatim}
6957  TTYPE# = TIME
6958  TTYPE# = RATE
6959  TFORM# = 1D
6960  TFORM# = 1E
6961\end{verbatim}
6962this results in a FITS files with  TTYPE1, TTYPE2, TFORM2, and TFORM2,
6963which is probably not what was intended!
6964
6965
6966\section{Template Parser Directives}
6967
6968In addition to the template lines which define individual keywords, the
6969template parser recognizes 3 special directives which are each preceded
6970by the backslash character:  \verb+ \include, \group+, and \verb+ \end+.
6971
6972The 'include' directive must be followed by a filename. It forces the
6973parser to temporarily stop reading the current template file and begin
6974reading the include file. Once the parser reaches the end of the
6975include file it continues parsing the current template file.  Include
6976files can be nested, and HDU definitions can span multiple template
6977files.
6978
6979The start of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'group' directive,
6980and the end of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'end' directive.
6981Each GROUP contains 0 or more member blocks (HDUs or GROUPs). Member
6982blocks of type GROUP can contain their own member blocks. The GROUP
6983definition itself occupies one FITS file HDU of special type (GROUP
6984HDU), so if a template specifies 1 group with 1 member HDU like:
6985
6986\begin{verbatim}
6987\group
6988grpdescr = 'demo'
6989xtension bintable
6990# this bintable has 0 cols, 0 rows
6991\end
6992\end{verbatim}
6993then the parser creates a FITS file with 3 HDUs :
6994
6995\begin{verbatim}
69961) dummy PHDU
69972) GROUP HDU (has 1 member, which is bintable in HDU number 3)
69983) bintable (member of GROUP in HDU number 2)
6999\end{verbatim}
7000Technically speaking, the GROUP HDU is a BINTABLE with 6 columns. Applications
7001can define additional columns in a GROUP HDU using TFORMn and TTYPEn
7002(where n is 7, 8, ....) keywords or their auto-indexing equivalents.
7003
7004For a more complicated example of a template file using the group directives,
7005look at the sample.tpl file that is included in the CFITSIO distribution.
7006
7007
7008\section{Formal Template Syntax}
7009
7010The template syntax can formally be defined as follows:
7011
7012\begin{verbatim}
7013    TEMPLATE = BLOCK [ BLOCK ... ]
7014
7015       BLOCK = { HDU | GROUP }
7016
7017       GROUP = \GROUP [ BLOCK ... ] \END
7018
7019         HDU = XTENSION [ LINE ... ] { XTENSION | \GROUP | \END | EOF }
7020
7021        LINE = [ KEYWORD [ = ] ] [ VALUE ] [ / COMMENT ]
7022
7023    X ...     - X can be present 1 or more times
7024    { X | Y } - X or Y
7025    [ X ]     - X is optional
7026\end{verbatim}
7027
7028At the topmost level, the template defines 1 or more template blocks. Blocks
7029can be either HDU (Header Data Unit) or a GROUP. For each block the parser
7030creates 1 (or more for GROUPs) FITS file HDUs.
7031
7032
7033
7034\section{Errors}
7035
7036In general the fits\_execute\_template() function tries to be as atomic
7037as possible, so either everything is done or nothing is done. If an
7038error occurs during parsing of the template, fits\_execute\_template()
7039will (try to) delete the top level BLOCK (with all its children if any)
7040in which the error occurred, then it will stop reading the template file
7041and it will return with an error.
7042
7043
7044\section{Examples}
7045
70461. This template file will create a 200 x 300 pixel image, with 4-byte
7047integer pixel values, in the primary HDU:
7048
7049\begin{verbatim}
7050  SIMPLE = T
7051  BITPIX = 32
7052  NAXIS = 2     / number of dimensions
7053  NAXIS1 = 100  / length of first axis
7054  NAXIS2 = 200  / length of second axis
7055  OBJECT = NGC 253 / name of observed object
7056\end{verbatim}
7057The allowed values of BITPIX are 8, 16, 32, -32, or -64,
7058representing, respectively, 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 32-bit
7059integer, 32-bit floating point, or 64 bit floating point pixels.
7060
70612.  To create a FITS  table, the template first needs to include
7062XTENSION = TABLE or BINTABLE to define whether it is an ASCII or binary
7063table, and NAXIS2 to define the number of rows in the table.  Two
7064template lines are then needed to define the name (TTYPEn) and FITS data
7065format (TFORMn) of the columns, as in this example:
7066
7067\begin{verbatim}
7068  xtension = bintable
7069  naxis2 = 40
7070  ttype# = Name
7071  tform# = 10a
7072  ttype# = Npoints
7073  tform# = j
7074  ttype# = Rate
7075  tunit# = counts/s
7076  tform# = e
7077\end{verbatim}
7078The above example defines a null primary array followed by a 40-row
7079binary table extension with 3 columns called 'Name', 'Npoints', and
7080'Rate', with data formats of '10A' (ASCII character string), '1J'
7081(integer) and '1E' (floating point), respectively.  Note that the other
7082required FITS keywords (BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXIS1, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, TFIELDS,
7083and END) do not need to be explicitly defined in the template because
7084their values can be inferred from the other keywords in the template.
7085This example also illustrates that the templates are generally
7086case-insensitive (the keyword names and TFORMn values are converted to
7087upper-case in the FITS file) and that string keyword values generally
7088do not need to be enclosed in quotes.
7089
7090
7091\chapter{  Summary of all FITSIO User-Interface Subroutines }
7092
7093 Error Status Routines  page~\pageref{FTVERS}
7094
7095\begin{verbatim}
7096        FTVERS( > version)
7097        FTGERR(status, > errtext)
7098        FTGMSG( > errmsg)
7099        FTRPRT (stream, > status)
7100        FTPMSG(errmsg)
7101        FTPMRK
7102        FTCMSG
7103        FTCMRK
7104\end{verbatim}
7105 FITS File Open and Close Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTOPEN}
7106
7107\begin{verbatim}
7108        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
7109        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
7110        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
7111        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
7112        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
7113        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
7114        FTREOPEN(unit, > newunit, status)
7115        FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
7116        FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
7117        FTTPLT(unit, filename, tplfilename, > status)
7118        FTFLUS(unit, > status)
7119        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
7120        FTDELT(unit, > status)
7121        FTGIOU( > iounit, status)
7122        FTFIOU(iounit, > status)
7123	CFITS2Unit(fitsfile *ptr)   (C routine)
7124        CUnit2FITS(int unit)        (C routine)
7125        FTEXTN(filename, > nhdu, status)
7126        FTFLNM(unit, > filename, status)
7127        FTFLMD(unit, > iomode, status)
7128        FTURLT(unit, > urltype, status)
7129        FTIURL(filename, > filetype, infile, outfile, extspec, filter,
7130               binspec, colspec, status)
7131        FTRTNM(filename, > rootname, status)
7132        FTEXIST(filename, > exist, status)
7133\end{verbatim}
7134 HDU-Level Operations: page~\pageref{FTMAHD}
7135
7136\begin{verbatim}
7137        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
7138        FTMRHD(unit,nmove, > hdutype,status)
7139        FTGHDN(unit, > nhdu)
7140        FTMNHD(unit, hdutype, extname, extver, > status)
7141        FTGHDT(unit, > hdutype, status)
7142        FTTHDU(unit, > hdunum, status)
7143        FTCRHD(unit, > status)
7144        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
7145        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
7146               status)
7147        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
7148        FTRSIM(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
7149        FTDHDU(unit, > hdutype,status)
7150        FTCPFL(iunit,ounit,previous, current, following, > status)
7151        FTCOPY(iunit,ounit,morekeys, > status)
7152        FTCPHD(inunit, outunit, > status)
7153        FTCPDT(iunit,ounit, > status)
7154\end{verbatim}
7155 Subroutines to specify or modify the structure of the CHDU: page~\pageref{FTRDEF}
7156
7157\begin{verbatim}
7158        FTRDEF(unit, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
7159        FTPDEF(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
7160        FTADEF(unit,rowlen,tfields,tbcol,tform,nrows > status)  (DEPRECATED)
7161        FTBDEF(unit,tfields,tform,varidat,nrows > status)  (DEPRECATED)
7162        FTDDEF(unit,bytlen, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
7163        FTPTHP(unit,theap, > status)
7164\end{verbatim}
7165 Header Space and Position Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTHDEF}
7166
7167\begin{verbatim}
7168        FTHDEF(unit,morekeys, > status)
7169        FTGHSP(iunit, > keysexist,keysadd,status)
7170        FTGHPS(iunit, > keysexist,key_no,status)
7171\end{verbatim}
7172 Read or Write Standard Header Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPHPR}
7173
7174\begin{verbatim}
7175        FTPHPS(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
7176        FTPHPR(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend, > status)
7177        FTGHPR(unit,maxdim, > simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend,
7178               status)
7179        FTPHTB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
7180               status)
7181        FTGHTB(unit,maxdim, > rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,
7182               extname,status)
7183        FTPHBN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
7184        FTGHBN(unit,maxdim, > nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat,
7185               status)
7186\end{verbatim}
7187 Write Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPREC}
7188
7189\begin{verbatim}
7190        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
7191        FTPCOM(unit,comment, > status)
7192        FTPHIS(unit,history, > status)
7193        FTPDAT(unit, > status)
7194        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7195        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
7196        FTPKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7197        FTPLSW(unit, > status)
7198        FTPKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
7199        FTPKN[JKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,comments, > status)
7200        FTPKN[EDFG](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,decimals,comments, >
7201                   status)
7202        FTCPKYinunit, outunit, innum, outnum, keyroot, > status)
7203        FTPKYT(unit,keyword,intval,dblval,comment, > status)
7204        FTPKTP(unit, filename, > status)
7205        FTPUNT(unit,keyword,units, > status)
7206\end{verbatim}
7207 Insert Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTIREC}
7208
7209\begin{verbatim}
7210        FTIREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
7211        FTIKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7212        FTIKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7213        FTIKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
7214        FTIKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
7215\end{verbatim}
7216 Read Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGREC}
7217
7218\begin{verbatim}
7219        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
7220        FTGKYN(unit,key_no, > keyword,value,comment,status)
7221        FTGCRD(unit,keyword, > card,status)
7222        FTGNXK(unit,inclist,ninc,exclist,nexc, > card,status)
7223        FTGKEY(unit,keyword, > value,comment,status)
7224        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
7225        FTGKSL(unit,keyword, > length,status)
7226        FTGSKY(unit,keyword,firstchar,maxchar,> keyval,length,comment,status)
7227        FTGKN[EDJKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,max_keys, > keyvals,nfound,status)
7228        FTGKYT(unit,keyword, > intval,dblval,comment,status)
7229        FTGUNT(unit,keyword, > units,status)
7230\end{verbatim}
7231 Modify Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTMREC}
7232
7233\begin{verbatim}
7234        FTMREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
7235        FTMCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
7236        FTMNAM(unit,oldkey,keyword, > status)
7237        FTMCOM(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
7238        FTMKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7239        FTMKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7240        FTMKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
7241        FTMKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
7242\end{verbatim}
7243 Update Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTUCRD}
7244
7245\begin{verbatim}
7246        FTUCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
7247        FTUKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7248        FTUKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
7249        FTUKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
7250        FTUKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
7251\end{verbatim}
7252 Delete Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTDREC}
7253
7254\begin{verbatim}
7255        FTDREC(unit,key_no, > status)
7256        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
7257\end{verbatim}
7258 Define Data Scaling Parameters and Undefined Pixel Flags: page~\pageref{FTPSCL}
7259
7260\begin{verbatim}
7261        FTPSCL(unit,bscale,bzero, > status)
7262        FTTSCL(unit,colnum,tscal,tzero, > status)
7263        FTPNUL(unit,blank, > status)
7264        FTSNUL(unit,colnum,snull > status)
7265        FTTNUL(unit,colnum,tnull > status)
7266\end{verbatim}
7267 FITS Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPPR}
7268
7269\begin{verbatim}
7270        FTGIDT(unit, > bitpix,status)
7271        FTGIET(unit, > bitpix,status)
7272        FTGIDM(unit, > naxis,status)
7273        FTGISZ(unit, maxdim, > naxes,status)
7274        FTGIPR(unit, maxdim, > bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
7275        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
7276        FTPPN[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values,nullval > status)
7277        FTPPRU(unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > status)
7278        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
7279        FTGPF[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > values,flagvals,anyf,status)
7280        FTPGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm,values, > status)
7281        FTGGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm, > values,status)
7282        FTP2D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,naxis1,naxis2,image, > status)
7283        FTP3D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3,cube, > status)
7284        FTG2D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,naxis1,naxis2, > image,anyf,status)
7285        FTG3D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3, >
7286                     cube,anyf,status)
7287        FTPSS[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,array, > status)
7288        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
7289                     array,anyf,status)
7290        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
7291                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
7292\end{verbatim}
7293 Table Column Information Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGCNO}
7294
7295\begin{verbatim}
7296        FTGNRW(unit, > nrows, status)
7297        FTGNCL(unit, > ncols, status)
7298        FTGCNO(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnum,status)
7299        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnam,colnum,status)
7300        FTGTCL(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
7301        FTEQTY(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
7302        FTGCDW(unit,colnum, > dispwidth,status)
7303        FTGACL(unit,colnum, >
7304               ttype,tbcol,tunit,tform,tscal,tzero,snull,tdisp,status)
7305        FTGBCL(unit,colnum, >
7306               ttype,tunit,datatype,repeat,tscal,tzero,tnull,tdisp,status)
7307        FTPTDM(unit,colnum,naxis,naxes, > status)
7308        FTGTDM(unit,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes,status)
7309        FTDTDM(unit,tdimstr,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes, status)
7310        FTGRSZ(unit, > nrows,status)
7311\end{verbatim}
7312 Low-Level Table Access Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGTBS}
7313
7314\begin{verbatim}
7315        FTGTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > string,status)
7316        FTPTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,string, > status)
7317        FTGTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > array,status)
7318        FTPTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,array, > status)
7319\end{verbatim}
7320 Edit Rows or Columns page~\pageref{FTIROW}
7321
7322\begin{verbatim}
7323        FTIROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
7324        FTDROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
7325        FTDRRG(unit,rowrange, > status)
7326        FTDRWS(unit,rowlist,nrows, > status)
7327        FTICOL(unit,colnum,ttype,tform, > status)
7328        FTICLS(unit,colnum,ncols,ttype,tform, > status)
7329        FTMVEC(unit,colnum,newveclen, > status)
7330        FTDCOL(unit,colnum, > status)
7331        FTCPCL(inunit,outunit,incolnum,outcolnum,createcol, > status);
7332\end{verbatim}
7333 Read and Write Column Data Routines page~\pageref{FTPCLS}
7334
7335\begin{verbatim}
7336        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
7337        FTPCN[BIJKED](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values,nullval > status)
7338        FTPCLX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit,lray, > status)
7339        FTPCLU(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > status)
7340        FTGCL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > values,status)
7341        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
7342                       values,anyf,status)
7343        FTGCF[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, >
7344                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
7345        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
7346                     array,anyf,status)
7347        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
7348                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
7349        FTGCX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit, > lray,status)
7350        FTGCX[IJD](unit,colnum,frow,nrows,fbit,nbit, > array,status)
7351        FTGDES(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelements,offset,status)
7352        FTPDES(unit,colnum,rownum,nelements,offset, > status)
7353\end{verbatim}
7354 Row Selection and Calculator Routines: page~\pageref{FTFROW}
7355
7356\begin{verbatim}
7357        FTFROW(unit,expr,firstrow, nrows, > n_good_rows, row_status, status)
7358        FTFFRW(unit, expr, > rownum, status)
7359        FTSROW(inunit, outunit, expr, > status )
7360        FTCROW(unit,datatype,expr,firstrow,nelements,nulval, >
7361             array,anynul,status)
7362        FTCALC(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo, > status)
7363        FTCALC_RNG(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo,
7364            nranges, firstrow, lastrow, > status)
7365        FTTEXP(unit, expr, > datatype, nelem, naxis, naxes, status)
7366\end{verbatim}
7367 Celestial Coordinate System Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGICS}
7368
7369\begin{verbatim}
7370        FTGICS(unit, > xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
7371        FTGTCS(unit,xcol,ycol, >
7372               xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
7373        FTWLDP(xpix,ypix,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
7374                          coordtype, > xpos,ypos,status)
7375        FTXYPX(xpos,ypos,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
7376                          coordtype, > xpix,ypix,status)
7377\end{verbatim}
7378 File Checksum Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPCKS}
7379
7380\begin{verbatim}
7381        FTPCKS(unit, > status)
7382        FTUCKS(unit, > status)
7383        FTVCKS(unit, > dataok,hduok,status)
7384        FTGCKS(unit, > datasum,hdusum,status)
7385        FTESUM(sum,complement, > checksum)
7386        FTDSUM(checksum,complement, > sum)
7387
7388\end{verbatim}
7389 Time and Date Utility Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGSDT}
7390
7391\begin{verbatim}
7392        FTGSDT( > day, month, year, status )
7393        FTGSTM(> datestr, timeref, status)
7394        FTDT2S( year, month, day, > datestr, status)
7395        FTTM2S( year, month, day, hour, minute, second, decimals,
7396                > datestr, status)
7397        FTS2DT(datestr, > year, month, day, status)
7398        FTS2TM(datestr, > year, month, day, hour, minute, second, status)
7399\end{verbatim}
7400 General Utility Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGHAD}
7401
7402\begin{verbatim}
7403        FTGHAD(unit, > curaddr,nextaddr)
7404        FTUPCH(string)
7405        FTCMPS(str_template,string,casesen, > match,exact)
7406        FTTKEY(keyword, > status)
7407        FTTREC(card, > status)
7408        FTNCHK(unit, > status)
7409        FTGKNM(unit, > keyword, keylength, status)
7410        FTMKKY(keyword, value,comment, > card, status)
7411        FTPSVC(card, > value,comment,status)
7412        FTKEYN(keyroot,seq_no, > keyword,status)
7413        FTNKEY(seq_no,keyroot, > keyword,status)
7414        FTDTYP(value, > dtype,status)
7415        class = FTGKCL(card)
7416        FTASFM(tform, > datacode,width,decimals,status)
7417        FTBNFM(tform, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
7418        FTGABC(tfields,tform,space, > rowlen,tbcol,status)
7419        FTGTHD(template, > card,hdtype,status)
7420        FTRWRG(rowlist, maxrows, maxranges, > numranges, rangemin,
7421               rangemax, status)
7422\end{verbatim}
7423
7424\chapter{ Parameter Definitions }
7425
7426\begin{verbatim}
7427anyf - (logical) set to TRUE if any of the returned data values are undefined
7428array - (any datatype except character) array of bytes to be read or written.
7429bitpix - (integer) bits per pixel: 8, 16, 32, -32, or -64
7430blank - (integer) value used for undefined pixels in integer primary array
7431blank - (integer*8) value used for undefined pixels in integer primary array
7432blocksize - (integer) 2880-byte logical record blocking factor
7433          (if 0 < blocksize < 11) or the actual block size in bytes
7434          (if 10 < blocksize < 28800).  As of version 3.3 of FITSIO,
7435          blocksizes greater than 2880 are no longer supported.
7436bscale - (double precision) scaling factor for the primary array
7437bytlen - (integer) length of the data unit, in bytes
7438bzero - (double precision) zero point for primary array scaling
7439card - (character*80) header record to be read or written
7440casesen - (logical) will string matching be case sensitive?
7441checksum - (character*16) encoded checksum string
7442colname - (character) ASCII name of the column
7443colnum - (integer) number of the column (first column = 1)
7444coltemplate - (character) template string to be matched to column names
7445comment - (character) the keyword comment field
7446comments - (character array) keyword comment fields
7447compid - (integer) the type of computer that the program is running on
7448complement - (logical) should the checksum be complemented?
7449coordtype - (character) type of coordinate projection (-SIN, -TAN, -ARC,
7450          -NCP, -GLS, -MER, or -AIT)
7451cube - 3D data cube of the appropriate datatype
7452curaddr - (integer) starting address (in bytes) of the CHDU
7453current - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy the current HDU
7454datacode - (integer) symbolic code of the binary table column datatype
7455dataok - (integer) was the data unit verification successful (=1) or
7456         not (= -1).  Equals zero if the DATASUM keyword is not present.
7457datasum - (double precision) 32-bit 1's complement checksum for the data unit
7458datatype - (character) datatype (format) of the binary table column
7459datestr  - (string) FITS date/time string: 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd',
7460           'YYYY-MM-dd', or 'dd/mm/yy'
7461day - (integer) current day of the month
7462dblval - (double precision) fractional part of the keyword value
7463decimals - (integer) number of decimal places to be displayed
7464dim1 - (integer) actual size of the first dimension of the image or cube array
7465dim2 - (integer) actual size of the second dimension of the cube array
7466dispwidth - (integer) - the display width (length of string) for a column
7467dtype - (character) datatype of the keyword ('C', 'L', 'I',  or 'F')
7468                C = character string
7469                L = logical
7470                I = integer
7471                F = floating point number
7472errmsg - (character*80) oldest error message on the internal stack
7473errtext - (character*30) descriptive error message corresponding to error number
7474casesen - (logical) true if column name matching is case sensitive
7475exact - (logical) do the strings match exactly, or were wildcards used?
7476exclist  (character array) list of names to be excluded from search
7477exists   - flag indicating whether the file or compressed file exists on disk
7478extend - (logical) true if there may be extensions following the primary data
7479extname - (character) value of the EXTNAME keyword (if not blank)
7480fbit - (integer) first bit in the field to be read or written
7481felem - (integer) first pixel of the element vector (ignored for ASCII tables)
7482filename - (character) name of the FITS file
7483flagvals - (logical array) True if corresponding data element is undefined
7484following - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy all following HDUs in the input file
7485fparm - (integer) sequence number of the first group parameter to read or write
7486fpixel - (integer) the first pixel position
7487fpixels - (integer array) the first included pixel in each dimension
7488frow - (integer) beginning row number (first row of table = 1)
7489frowll - (integer*8) beginning row number (first row of table = 1)
7490gcount - (integer) value of the GCOUNT keyword (usually = 1)
7491group - (integer) sequence number of the data group (=0 for non-grouped data)
7492hdtype - (integer) header record type: -1=delete;  0=append or replace;
7493                   1=append; 2=this is the END keyword
7494hduok - (integer) was the HDU verification successful (=1) or
7495         not (= -1).  Equals zero if the CHECKSUM keyword is not present.
7496hdusum - (double precision) 32 bit 1's complement checksum for the entire CHDU
7497hdutype - (integer) type of HDU: 0 = primary array or IMAGE, 1 = ASCII table,
7498                   2 = binary table, -1 = any HDU type or unknown type
7499history - (character) the HISTORY keyword comment string
7500hour - (integer) hour from 0 - 23
7501image - 2D image of the appropriate datatype
7502inclist  (character array) list of names to be included in search
7503incs - (integer array) sampling interval for pixels in each FITS dimension
7504intval - (integer) integer part of the keyword value
7505iounit - (integer) value of an unused I/O unit number
7506iunit - (integer) logical unit number associated with the input FITS file, 1-300
7507key_no - (integer) sequence number (starting with 1) of the keyword record
7508keylength - (integer) length of the keyword name
7509keyroot - (character) root string for the keyword name
7510keysadd -(integer) number of new keyword records which can fit in the CHU
7511keysexist - (integer) number of existing keyword records in the CHU
7512keyval - value of the keyword in the appropriate datatype
7513keyvals - (array) value of the keywords in the appropriate datatype
7514keyword - (character*8) name of a keyword
7515lray - (logical array) array of logical values corresponding to the bit array
7516lpixels - (integer array) the last included pixel in each dimension
7517match - (logical) do the 2 strings match?
7518maxdim - (integer) dimensioned size of the NAXES, TTYPE, TFORM or TUNIT arrays
7519max_keys - (integer) maximum number of keywords to search for
7520minute - (integer) minute of an hour (0 - 59)
7521month - (integer) current month of the year (1 - 12)
7522morekeys - (integer) will leave space in the header for this many more keywords
7523naxes - (integer array) size of each dimension in the FITS array
7524naxesll - (integer*8 array) size of each dimension in the FITS array
7525naxis - (integer) number of dimensions in the FITS array
7526naxis1 - (integer) length of the X/first axis of the FITS array
7527naxis2 - (integer) length of the Y/second axis of the FITS array
7528naxis3 - (integer) length of the Z/third axis of the FITS array
7529nbit - (integer) number of bits in the field to read or write
7530nchars - (integer) number of characters to read and return
7531ncols - (integer) number of columns
7532nelements - (integer) number of data elements to read or write
7533nelementsll - (integer*8) number of data elements to read or write
7534nexc   (integer)  number of names in the exclusion list (may = 0)
7535nhdu - (integer) absolute number of the HDU (1st HDU = 1)
7536ninc   (integer)  number of names in the inclusion list
7537nmove - (integer) number of HDUs to move (+ or -), relative to current position
7538nfound - (integer) number of keywords found (highest keyword number)
7539no_keys - (integer) number of keywords to write in the sequence
7540nparm - (integer) number of group parameters to read or write
7541nrows - (integer) number of rows in the table
7542nrowsll - (integer*8) number of rows in the table
7543nullval - value to represent undefined pixels, of the appropriate datatype
7544nextaddr - (integer) starting address (in bytes) of the HDU following the CHDU
7545offset - (integer) byte offset in the heap to the first element of the array
7546offsetll - (integer*8) byte offset in the heap to the first element of the array
7547oldkey - (character) old name of keyword to be modified
7548ounit - (integer) logical unit number associated with the output FITS file 1-300
7549pcount - (integer) value of the PCOUNT keyword (usually = 0)
7550previous - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy all previous HDUs in the input file
7551repeat - (integer) length of element vector (e.g. 12J); ignored for ASCII table
7552rot - (double precision) celestial coordinate rotation angle (degrees)
7553rowlen - (integer) length of a table row, in characters or bytes
7554rowlenll - (integer*8) length of a table row, in characters or bytes
7555rowlist - (integer array) list of row numbers to be deleted in increasing order
7556rownum - (integer) number of the row (first row = 1)
7557rowrange- (string) list of rows or row ranges to be deleted
7558rwmode - (integer) file access mode: 0 = readonly, 1 = readwrite
7559second   (double)- second within minute (0 - 60.9999999999) (leap second!)
7560seq_no - (integer) the sequence number to append to the keyword root name
7561simple - (logical) does the FITS file conform to all the FITS standards
7562snull - (character) value used to represent undefined values in ASCII table
7563space - (integer) number of blank spaces to leave between ASCII table columns
7564startchar - (integer) first character in the row to be read
7565startno - (integer) value of the first keyword sequence number (usually 1)
7566status - (integer) returned error status code (0 = OK)
7567str_template (character) template string to be matched to reference string
7568stream - (character) output stream for the report: either 'STDOUT' or 'STDERR'
7569string - (character) character string
7570sum - (double precision) 32 bit unsigned checksum value
7571tbcol - (integer array) column number of the first character in the field(s)
7572tdisp - (character) Fortran type display format for the table column
7573template-(character) template string for a FITS header record
7574tfields - (integer) number of fields (columns) in the table
7575tform - (character array) format of the column(s); allowed values are:
7576         For ASCII tables:  Iw, Aw, Fww.dd, Eww.dd, or Dww.dd
7577         For binary tables: rL, rX, rB, rI, rJ, rA, rAw, rE, rD, rC, rM
7578         where 'w'=width of the field, 'd'=no. of decimals, 'r'=repeat count
7579         Note that the 'rAw' form is non-standard extension to the
7580         TFORM keyword syntax that is not specifically defined in the
7581         Binary Tables definition document.
7582theap - (integer) zero indexed byte offset of starting address of the heap
7583         relative to the beginning of the binary table data
7584tnull - (integer) value used to represent undefined values in binary table
7585tnullll - (integer*8) value used to represent undefined values in binary table
7586ttype - (character array) label for table column(s)
7587tscal - (double precision) scaling factor for table column
7588tunit - (character array) physical unit for table column(s)
7589tzero - (double precision) scaling zero point for table column
7590unit  - (integer) logical unit number associated with the FITS file (1-300)
7591units - (character) the keyword units string (e.g., 'km/s')
7592value - (character) the keyword value string
7593values - array of data values of the appropriate datatype
7594varidat - (integer) size in bytes of the 'variable length data area'
7595           following the binary table data (usually = 0)
7596version - (real) current revision number of the library
7597width - (integer) width of the character string field
7598xcol - (integer) number of the column containing the X coordinate values
7599xinc - (double precision) X axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
7600xpix - (double precision) X axis pixel location
7601xpos - (double precision) X axis celestial coordinate (usually RA) (deg)
7602xrpix - (double precision) X axis reference pixel array location
7603xrval - (double precision) X axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
7604ycol - (integer) number of the column containing the X coordinate values
7605year - (integer) last 2 digits of the year (00 - 99)
7606yinc - (double precision) Y axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
7607ypix - (double precision) y axis pixel location
7608ypos - (double precision) y axis celestial coordinate (usually DEC) (deg)
7609yrpix - (double precision) Y axis reference pixel array location
7610yrval - (double precision) Y axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
7611\end{verbatim}
7612
7613\chapter{   FITSIO Error Status Codes }
7614
7615\begin{verbatim}
7616Status codes in the range -99 to -999  and 1 to 999 are reserved for future
7617FITSIO use.
7618
7619  0  OK, no error
7620101  input and output files are the same
7621103  too many FITS files open at once; all internal buffers full
7622104  error opening existing file
7623105  error creating new FITS file; (does a file with this name already exist?)
7624106  error writing record to FITS file
7625107  end-of-file encountered while reading record from FITS file
7626108  error reading record from file
7627110  error closing FITS file
7628111  internal array dimensions exceeded
7629112  Cannot modify file with readonly access
7630113  Could not allocate memory
7631114  illegal logical unit number; must be between 1 - 300, inclusive
7632115  NULL input pointer to routine
7633116  error seeking position in file
7634
7635121  invalid URL prefix on file name
7636122  tried to register too many IO drivers
7637123  driver initialization failed
7638124  matching driver is not registered
7639125  failed to parse input file URL
7640126  parse error in range list
7641
7642151  bad argument in shared memory driver
7643152  null pointer passed as an argument
7644153  no more free shared memory handles
7645154  shared memory driver is not initialized
7646155  IPC error returned by a system call
7647156  no memory in shared memory driver
7648157  resource deadlock would occur
7649158  attempt to open/create lock file failed
7650159  shared memory block cannot be resized at the moment
7651
7652
7653201  header not empty; can't write required keywords
7654202  specified keyword name was not found in the header
7655203  specified header record number is out of bounds
7656204  keyword value field is blank
7657205  keyword value string is missing the closing quote character
7658206  illegal indexed keyword name (e.g. 'TFORM1000')
7659207  illegal character in keyword name or header record
7660208  keyword does not have expected name. Keyword out of sequence?
7661209  keyword does not have expected integer value
7662210  could not find the required END header keyword
7663211  illegal BITPIX keyword value
7664212  illegal NAXIS keyword value
7665213  illegal NAXISn keyword value: must be 0 or positive integer
7666214  illegal PCOUNT keyword value
7667215  illegal GCOUNT keyword value
7668216  illegal TFIELDS keyword value
7669217  negative ASCII or binary table width value (NAXIS1)
7670218  negative number of rows in ASCII or binary table (NAXIS2)
7671219  column name (TTYPE keyword) not found
7672220  illegal SIMPLE keyword value
7673221  could not find the required SIMPLE header keyword
7674222  could not find the required BITPIX header keyword
7675223  could not find the required NAXIS header keyword
7676224  could not find all the required NAXISn keywords in the header
7677225  could not find the required XTENSION header keyword
7678226  the CHDU is not an ASCII table extension
7679227  the CHDU is not a binary table extension
7680228  could not find the required PCOUNT header keyword
7681229  could not find the required GCOUNT header keyword
7682230  could not find the required TFIELDS header keyword
7683231  could not find all the required TBCOLn keywords in the header
7684232  could not find all the required TFORMn keywords in the header
7685233  the CHDU is not an IMAGE extension
7686234  illegal TBCOL keyword value; out of range
7687235  this operation only allowed for ASCII or BINARY table extension
7688236  column is too wide to fit within the specified width of the ASCII table
7689237  the specified column name template matched more than one column name
7690241  binary table row width is not equal to the sum of the field widths
7691251  unrecognizable type of FITS extension
7692252  unrecognizable FITS record
7693253  END keyword contains non-blank characters in columns 9-80
7694254  Header fill area contains non-blank characters
7695255  Data fill area contains non-blank on non-zero values
7696261  unable to parse the TFORM keyword value string
7697262  unrecognizable TFORM datatype code
7698263  illegal TDIMn keyword value
7699
7700301  illegal HDU number; less than 1 or greater than internal buffer size
7701302  column number out of range (1 - 999)
7702304  attempt to move to negative file record number
7703306  attempted to read or write a negative number of bytes in the FITS file
7704307  illegal starting row number for table read or write operation
7705308  illegal starting element number for table read or write operation
7706309  attempted to read or write character string in non-character table column
7707310  attempted to read or write logical value in non-logical table column
7708311  illegal ASCII table TFORM format code for attempted operation
7709312  illegal binary table TFORM format code for attempted operation
7710314  value for undefined pixels has not been defined
7711317  attempted to read or write descriptor in a non-descriptor field
7712320  number of array dimensions out of range
7713321  first pixel number is greater than the last pixel number
7714322  attempt to set BSCALE or TSCALn scaling parameter = 0
7715323  illegal axis length less than 1
7716
7717340 NOT_GROUP_TABLE 340   Grouping function error
7718341 HDU_ALREADY_MEMBER
7719342 MEMBER_NOT_FOUND
7720343 GROUP_NOT_FOUND
7721344 BAD_GROUP_ID
7722345 TOO_MANY_HDUS_TRACKED
7723346 HDU_ALREADY_TRACKED
7724347 BAD_OPTION
7725348 IDENTICAL_POINTERS
7726349 BAD_GROUP_ATTACH
7727350 BAD_GROUP_DETACH
7728
7729360 NGP_NO_MEMORY              malloc failed
7730361 NGP_READ_ERR               read error from file
7731362 NGP_NUL_PTR                null pointer passed as an argument.
7732                                 Passing null pointer as a name of
7733                                 template file raises this error
7734363 NGP_EMPTY_CURLINE          line read seems to be empty (used
7735                                 internally)
7736364 NGP_UNREAD_QUEUE_FULL      cannot unread more then 1 line (or single
7737                                 line twice)
7738365 NGP_INC_NESTING            too deep include file nesting (infinite
7739                                 loop, template includes itself ?)
7740366 NGP_ERR_FOPEN              fopen() failed, cannot open template file
7741367 NGP_EOF                    end of file encountered and not expected
7742368 NGP_BAD_ARG                bad arguments passed. Usually means
7743                                 internal parser error. Should not happen
7744369 NGP_TOKEN_NOT_EXPECT       token not expected here
7745
7746401  error attempting to convert an integer to a formatted character string
7747402  error attempting to convert a real value to a formatted character string
7748403  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to an integer
7749404  attempted to read a non-logical keyword value as a logical value
7750405  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to a real value
7751406  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to a double precision value
7752407  error attempting to read character string as an integer
7753408  error attempting to read character string as a real value
7754409  error attempting to read character string as a double precision value
7755410  bad keyword datatype code
7756411  illegal number of decimal places while formatting floating point value
7757412  numerical overflow during implicit datatype conversion
7758413  error compressing image
7759414  error uncompressing image
7760420  error in date or time conversion
7761
7762431  syntax error in parser expression
7763432  expression did not evaluate to desired type
7764433  vector result too large to return in array
7765434  data parser failed not sent an out column
7766435  bad data encounter while parsing column
7767436  parse error: output file not of proper type
7768
7769501  celestial angle too large for projection
7770502  bad celestial coordinate or pixel value
7771503  error in celestial coordinate calculation
7772504  unsupported type of celestial projection
7773505  required celestial coordinate keywords not found
7774506  approximate wcs keyword values were returned
7775\end{verbatim}
7776\end{document}
7777